WO2023003010A1 - Racing module and anti-rotation mechanism - Google Patents

Racing module and anti-rotation mechanism Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023003010A1
WO2023003010A1 PCT/JP2022/028161 JP2022028161W WO2023003010A1 WO 2023003010 A1 WO2023003010 A1 WO 2023003010A1 JP 2022028161 W JP2022028161 W JP 2022028161W WO 2023003010 A1 WO2023003010 A1 WO 2023003010A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
gear
spool
racing
guide
rotary drive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/028161
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋一 関井
Original Assignee
日本電産株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日本電産株式会社 filed Critical 日本電産株式会社
Publication of WO2023003010A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023003010A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B13/00Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B23/00Uppers; Boot legs; Stiffeners; Other single parts of footwear
    • A43B23/02Uppers; Boot legs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B3/00Footwear characterised by the shape or the use
    • A43B3/34Footwear characterised by the shape or the use with electrical or electronic arrangements
    • A43B3/38Footwear characterised by the shape or the use with electrical or electronic arrangements with power sources
    • A43B3/40Batteries
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43CFASTENINGS OR ATTACHMENTS OF FOOTWEAR; LACES IN GENERAL
    • A43C11/00Other fastenings specially adapted for shoes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43CFASTENINGS OR ATTACHMENTS OF FOOTWEAR; LACES IN GENERAL
    • A43C11/00Other fastenings specially adapted for shoes
    • A43C11/16Fastenings secured by wire, bolts, or the like
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16DCOUPLINGS FOR TRANSMITTING ROTATION; CLUTCHES; BRAKES
    • F16D11/00Clutches in which the members have interengaging parts
    • F16D11/08Clutches in which the members have interengaging parts actuated by moving a non-rotating part axially
    • F16D11/10Clutches in which the members have interengaging parts actuated by moving a non-rotating part axially with clutching members movable only axially
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16HGEARING
    • F16H1/00Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion
    • F16H1/02Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion without gears having orbital motion
    • F16H1/04Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion without gears having orbital motion involving only two intermeshing members
    • F16H1/12Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion without gears having orbital motion involving only two intermeshing members with non-parallel axes
    • F16H1/16Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion without gears having orbital motion involving only two intermeshing members with non-parallel axes comprising worm and worm-wheel

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to racing modules and rotation control mechanisms.
  • a lacing unit that can tighten and loosen shoelaces wrapped around a spool may include a worm drive, a worm gear and a gear motor or a geneva wheel.
  • a gear motor rotates a worm gear through a worm drive.
  • the worm gear is designed to prevent reverse driving of the worm drive and gear motor.
  • the worm gear is connected to the spool shaft and rotates the spool to wind the string. Also, when the slot next to the stop tooth of the geneva wheel engages the index tooth of the worm gear, the drive mechanism of the racing engine stalls (see, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-509817).
  • the spool intermediate portion around which the race cable is wound, the worm driving portion, the worm gear, and the gear motor are accommodated in the same housing structure. Therefore, it is difficult to secure a sufficient space in the housing structure for accommodating the spool intermediate portion and drawing out the race cable. In addition, if this space is secured, the arrangement space for other members within the housing structure will be squeezed. Therefore, it is difficult to freely design a racing engine. Further, when the spool is rotated only by driving the gear motor, there is a possibility that the string cannot be loosened immediately in an emergency such as when the gear motor fails.
  • the present invention is a new type of reel that allows the string wound around the body to be manually unwound from the body while securing a sufficient space for accommodating the body of the spool and drawing out the string, thereby restricting the rotation of the rotating body.
  • the purpose is to provide technology.
  • An exemplary lacing module of the first invention for solving the problem includes a spool, a rotary drive section, a casing, and a lid section.
  • the spool has a body and a spool shaft.
  • a string can be wound around the trunk.
  • the spool shaft portion extends along a rotating shaft extending in the vertical direction.
  • the rotation drive section rotates the spool around the rotation shaft.
  • the casing accommodates at least part of the spool shaft and the rotary drive section.
  • the lid portion accommodates the trunk portion.
  • the lid portion has a top surface portion, an inner wall portion, an outer wall portion, and an outlet. The top surface portion extends in a direction intersecting the vertical direction.
  • the inner wall portion extends downward from the top surface portion and surrounds the trunk portion when viewed from above and below.
  • the outer wall portion extends downward from the outer edge portion of the top surface portion and is arranged radially outward of the inner wall portion.
  • the outlet penetrates through the outer wall.
  • the inner wall has a pair of guide walls. A pair of said guide wall part opposes mutually on both sides of the said trunk
  • An exemplary racing module of a second invention for solving the problem comprises a spool, a rotary drive section, a clutch gear, and an operating section.
  • the spool has a body and a spool shaft.
  • a string can be wound around the trunk.
  • the spool shaft portion extends along a rotating shaft extending in the vertical direction.
  • the rotary drive unit is rotatable about the rotation shaft.
  • the clutch gear is connectable with the rotary drive unit.
  • the operation unit can be operated externally by a user.
  • the spool shaft portion is rotatable about the rotation shaft together with the body portion and the clutch gear.
  • the operation unit disconnects the clutch gear from the rotary drive unit according to the user's operation.
  • An exemplary rotation restricting mechanism of a third aspect of the invention for solving the problem includes a guide member and a relative movement section.
  • the guide member has a guide portion.
  • an exemplary racing module of the present invention includes the above-described rotation restricting mechanism, spool, worm gear, and worm wheel gear.
  • the spool has a body and a spool shaft. A string can be wound around the trunk.
  • the spool shaft extends axially.
  • the worm gear is rotatable with the shaft of the motor.
  • the worm wheel gear meshes with the worm gear.
  • the spool shaft is rotatable about the central axis together with the body and the worm wheel gear.
  • the spool shaft portion is rotatable about the central axis together with either the guide member or the relative movement portion of the rotation restricting mechanism.
  • the exemplary lacing module of the present invention provides sufficient space to accommodate the body of the spool and pull out the string so that the string wound on the body can be manually unwound from the body.
  • a racing module can be provided, and furthermore, according to the exemplary rotation restricting mechanism, the racing module, of the present invention, a new technology for restricting the rotation of a rotating body can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a racing module according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a racing module according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the application of the racing module.
  • 4 is a perspective view of a casing according to an exemplary embodiment of the first invention;
  • FIG. FIG. 5 is a bottom perspective view of the lid according to the exemplary embodiment of the first invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a spool assembly in which a rotary drive unit, a clutch gear, etc. are attached to a spool according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a racing module according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a racing module according to exemplary embodiments
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of a spool assembly according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions.
  • FIG. 8 is a top view of clutch gears according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions. It is a sectional view.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing meshing of gears according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions.
  • FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of fitting of a convex portion to a concave portion viewed from the radial direction according to an exemplary embodiment of the second invention.
  • FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view showing another example of fitting of a convex portion to a concave portion viewed from the radial direction according to the exemplary embodiment of the second invention.
  • FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of fitting of a convex portion to a concave portion viewed from the radial direction according to an exemplary embodiment of the second invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an operating member according to a first modified example of the exemplary embodiment of the second invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an operating section according to a second modification of the exemplary embodiment of the second invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a racing module according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration example of a racing module according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention.
  • 15 is a perspective view of a spool assembly according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention;
  • FIG. FIG. 16 is an exploded perspective view of a spool assembly according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention;
  • 17A is a plan view showing an example of a guide portion according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention
  • 17B is a plan view showing another example of the guide part according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention.
  • FIG. FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a first modification of the rotation restricting mechanism according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a second modification of the rotation restricting mechanism according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing a third modification of the rotation restricting mechanism according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention.
  • the direction in which the rotation axis J1 of the spool 2 (to be described later) extends in the racing module 100 is referred to as the "vertical direction”.
  • the direction from the bottom plate portion 141 to the lid portion 15, which will be described later, is called “upper Du”
  • the direction from the lid portion 15 to the bottom plate portion 141 is called “downward Dd”.
  • the end at the upper Du is called the “upper end”
  • the end at the lower Dd is called the “lower end”.
  • the surface facing upward Du is called “upper surface”
  • the surface facing downward Dd is called “lower surface”.
  • the direction perpendicular to the predetermined axis is called the "radial direction”.
  • the direction toward the axis is called “radially inward”
  • the direction away from the axis is called “radial outward”.
  • the radially inner end is referred to as the “radial inner end”
  • the radially outer end is referred to as the "radial outer end”.
  • the side surface facing radially inward is referred to as the "radial inner surface”
  • the side surface facing radially outward is referred to as the "radial outer surface”.
  • the direction of rotation about a predetermined axis is called the "circumferential direction”.
  • the end portion in the circumferential direction is called a “circumferential end portion”.
  • One of the circumferential directions is called “one circumferential direction”, and the other direction is called “the other circumferential direction”.
  • annular means a shape that is continuously connected without a break over the entire circumferential direction centered on a predetermined axis, or a shape that is continuous throughout the entire area centered on a predetermined axis. Includes shapes with one or more cuts in the part. It also includes a shape that draws a closed curve on a curved surface that intersects with a predetermined axis as the center.
  • parallel means not only a state in which they do not intersect at all no matter how far they are extended, but also a state in which they are substantially parallel. include.
  • perpendicular respectively includes not only the state in which the two intersect each other at 90 degrees, but also the state in which they are substantially perpendicular. In other words, “parallel” and “perpendicular” each include a state in which there is an angular deviation in the positional relationship between the two without departing from the gist of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a racing module 100 according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the racing module 100.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of application of the racing module 100.
  • FIG. 1 shows a cross section of the racing module 100 along the dashed-dotted line II in FIG.
  • the lacing module 100 can electrically wind the string S around the spool 2, which will be described later, and release it from the spool 2 electrically or manually.
  • the lacing module 100 is attached to footwear 200 such as athletic shoes, and can tighten or loosen the shoelace (that is, the lace S) of the footwear 200 .
  • the racing module 100 is not limited to this illustration.
  • the lacing module 100 can be mounted on an article for winding, releasing, tightening, loosening, etc. the string S.
  • the lacing module 100 can also be used as a luggage bag such as a rucksack whose outlet is closed by tightening the string S, or as a fixture such as a cast that is attached by tightening the string S.
  • the racing module 100 includes a motor 11, a worm gear 12, a battery 13, a casing 14, a spool 2, a rotary drive section 3, a clutch gear 4, an operation section 5, a regulation section 6, and a support member 7. , and a limit gear 8 .
  • the rotary drive unit 3 has a worm wheel gear 31 that meshes with the worm gear 12 .
  • the spool 2, the rotary drive section 3, the clutch gear 4, the operation section 5, the regulation section 6, and the support member 7 constitute a spool assembly (see FIGS. 6 and 7, which will be described later).
  • Motor 11 is electrically connected to battery 13 .
  • a shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction or the other circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax by current supplied from the battery 13 .
  • Worm gear 12 extends along the motor rotation axis Ax and is connected with the shaft 111 of the motor 11 .
  • lacing module 100 includes worm gear 12 .
  • Worm gear 12 is rotatable together with shaft 111 of motor 11 . Torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the worm wheel gear 31 via the worm gear 12 .
  • the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the worm wheel gear 31 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
  • the worm gear 12 is connected to a later-described spool shaft portion 22 of the spool 2 via the rotary drive portion 3 .
  • the worm gear 12 rotates in the circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax.
  • the spool 2 is interlocked with the rotation of the worm gear 12 and rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1.
  • the shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction about the motor rotation axis Ax
  • the spool 2 rotates in one circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. be done.
  • a battery 13 supplies power to the motor 11 .
  • the battery 13 is a secondary battery such as a lithium ion battery in this embodiment. However, it is not limited to this example, and a primary battery such as a dry battery may be used instead of the secondary battery.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the casing 14.
  • the casing 14 accommodates at least part of the spool shaft portion 22 and the rotary drive portion 3 .
  • lacing module 100 includes casing 14 .
  • the casing 14 houses the motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, the clutch gear 4, the operating portion 5, the restricting portion 6, the supporting member 7, the restricting gear 8, and the like.
  • the casing 14 has a rectangular shape when viewed from above and below.
  • first direction D1 the longitudinal direction of the casing 14 viewed from above and below
  • second direction D2 the width direction of casing 14 seen from above and below.
  • the vertical direction, the first direction D1, and the second direction D2 are perpendicular to each other.
  • the casing 14 has a bottom plate portion 141 , a side plate portion 142 , an upper plate portion 143 , a lower plate portion 144 and a sealing member 145 .
  • Bottom plate portion 141 and side plate portion 142 > The bottom plate portion 141 extends in a direction that intersects the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment).
  • the side plate portion 142 has a tubular shape extending upward Du from the outer edge portion of the bottom plate portion 141 .
  • the bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portions 142 form a box whose upper end is open.
  • the motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, at least part of the spool shaft portion 22, the rotary drive portion 3 (worm wheel gear 31), the clutch gear 4, the operation portion 5, the regulation portion 6, the support member 7, and the limit gear 8 and the like are accommodated.
  • the bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portion 142 are integrated in this embodiment, but are not limited to this example, and may be separate.
  • the bottom plate portion 141 has a receiving hole 1411 and a hole portion 1412 .
  • the receiving hole 1411 is arranged on the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 and is recessed downward Dd. A lower end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 is accommodated in the receiving hole 1411 .
  • the hole portion 1412 vertically penetrates the bottom plate portion 141 .
  • a linear member 53 which will be described later, is inserted through the hole 1412 .
  • the upper plate portion 143 spreads in a direction that intersects the rotation axis J ⁇ b>1 (radial direction in this embodiment) and is arranged below the lid portion 15 Dd. As described above, the lacing module 100 has the upper plate portion 143 .
  • the upper plate portion 143 covers the upper end portion of the side plate portion 142 .
  • the upper plate portion 143 has an opening portion 1431 , a shaft portion 1432 , a concave portion 1433 and a piece portion 1434 .
  • the opening 1431 vertically penetrates the upper plate portion 143 .
  • Casing 14 has an opening 1431 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening 1431 as described later.
  • the shaft portion 1432 rotatably supports the limit gear 8.
  • the shaft portion 1432 extends downward Dd along the gear shaft J2 parallel to the rotation axis J1 on the lower surface of the upper plate portion 143 (see FIG. 1).
  • the shaft portion 1432 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the recessed portion 1433 is recessed downward Dd on the upper surface of the upper plate portion 143 .
  • four recesses 1433 are arranged around the opening 1431 .
  • the recess 1433 is arranged non-rotationally symmetrical with respect to the rotation axis J1 when viewed in the vertical direction.
  • the number of recesses 1433 may be singular or plural other than four, without being limited to the example of the present embodiment.
  • the number of recesses 1433 may be equal to or greater than the number of protrusions 154 of the lid 15, which will be described later.
  • the plurality of recesses 1433 may be arranged rotationally symmetrically with respect to the rotation axis J1.
  • the piece portion 1434 protrudes outward from the outer edge portion of the upper plate portion 143 .
  • the pieces 1434 are arranged at one end of the upper plate portion 143 in the second direction D2 and the other end of the upper plate portion 143 in the second direction D2.
  • Lower plate portion 144 > The lower plate portion 144 is arranged below the bottom plate portion 141 Dd and spreads in a direction intersecting with the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment).
  • the bottom plate portion 141 has a hole portion 1441 .
  • the hole portion 1441 vertically penetrates the lower plate portion 144 .
  • the linear member 53 is inserted through the hole 1441 .
  • the seal member 145 is arranged between the bottom plate portion 141 and the lower plate portion 144, as shown in FIG.
  • the sealing member 145 seals the gap between the linear member 53 and the holes 1412 and 1441 .
  • the lacing module 100 further comprises a sealing member 145.
  • the seal member 145 has a hole portion (reference numeral omitted) penetrating the seal member 145 in the vertical direction.
  • the linear member 53 is inserted through this hole.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the hole is in contact with the linear member 53 without any gap. In this way, it is possible to prevent liquid (such as water) and dust from entering the casing 14 through the holes 1412 and 1441 .
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the lid portion 15 viewed from below Dd.
  • the lid portion 15 has a lidded tubular shape with an open lower end, and is attached to the casing 14 .
  • the lid portion 15 is detachable from the casing 14 . In this way, if trouble (tangling, breakage, etc.) of the string S occurs in the trunk section 21, by removing the lid section 15 from the casing 14, inspection and repair can be facilitated.
  • this illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the lid portion 15 is non-detachably fixed to the casing 14 .
  • the lid portion 15 covers a region of the upper surface of the upper plate portion 143 including the opening portion 1431 .
  • the lid portion 15 accommodates a body portion 21 which will be described later.
  • the lacing module 100 has the lid portion 15 .
  • the lid portion 15 has a top surface portion 151 , an outer wall portion 152 , an inner wall portion 153 , a convex portion 154 , an extending member 155 , a claw portion 156 and a hook portion 157 .
  • top surface portion 151 > The top surface portion 151 is arranged above the upper plate portion 143 Du. As described above, the lid portion 15 has the top portion 151 . The top surface portion 151 extends in a direction that intersects the vertical direction (radial direction in this embodiment).
  • the top surface portion 151 has a flange portion 1511 .
  • the flange portion 1511 is arranged outside the outer wall portion 152 when viewed in the vertical direction and spreads in a direction intersecting the vertical direction. In the present embodiment, the flange portion 1511 extends in the second direction D2 at the outer edge portion of the top surface portion 151 in the second direction D2.
  • outer wall portion 152 The outer wall portion 152 extends downward Dd from the outer edge portion of the top surface portion 151 and is arranged radially outward of the inner wall portion 153 .
  • the lid portion 15 has the outer wall portion 152 .
  • the outer wall portion 152 has outlets 152a and 152b. In other words, the lid portion 15 has outlets 152a and 152b.
  • the outlets 152 a and 152 b pass through the outer wall portion 152 .
  • the string S wound around the spool 2 is pulled out from the inside of the lid portion 15 to the outside through the outlets 152a and 152b.
  • the outlets 152a and 152b are arranged at positions facing each other with the body portion 21 interposed therebetween when viewed in the vertical direction.
  • the outlets 152a and 152b are not limited to this example, and the outlets 152a and 152b may be arranged at positions that are not opposed to each other with the body portion 21 interposed therebetween when viewed from above and below.
  • one of the outlets 152a and 152b may be arranged at the end of the lid portion 15 in the first direction D1 when viewed from the top and bottom direction, and the other of the outlets 152a and 152b may be arranged at the end portion of the lid portion 15 in the second direction D2. may be placed at the end of the
  • inner wall portion 153 The inner wall portion 153 extends downward Dd from the top surface portion 151 and surrounds the body portion 21 when viewed in the vertical direction. As described above, the lid portion 15 has an inner wall portion 153 .
  • the inner wall portion 153 has a pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b.
  • a pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b face each other with the body portion 21 interposed therebetween.
  • Each guide wall portion 1531a, 1531b extends at least toward the outlets 152a, 152b and is connected to the edges of the outlets 152a, 152b.
  • a gap Wg between the pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b in the opposing direction of the pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b becomes narrower from the rotation axis J1 toward the outlets 152a and 152b.
  • the inner wall portion 153 can protect the trunk portion 21 .
  • the cord S wound around the body portion 21 is pulled out of the lid portion 15 through the pull-out openings 152a and 152b.
  • the string S By passing the string S between the pair of guide walls 1531a and 1531b, the string S can be guided toward the outlets 152a and 152b by the guide walls 1531a and 1531b. Further, the string S can be pulled out smoothly by narrowing the gap Wg between the pair of guide walls 1531a and 1531b in the opposing direction from the rotation axis J1 toward the outlets 152a and 152b.
  • the inner wall portion 153 surrounds the body portion 21 and has a pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b.
  • Convex portion 154 The convex portion 154 protrudes downward Dd from the lower surface of the top surface portion 151 and is inserted into the concave portion 1433 .
  • four convex portions 154 are arranged around the space surrounded by the inner wall portion 153 .
  • these protrusions 154 are arranged in a non-rotational symmetry with respect to the rotation axis J1 when viewed from above and below.
  • the number of protrusions 154 may be singular or plural other than four, without being limited to the example of the present embodiment.
  • the plurality of protrusions 154 may be arranged rotationally symmetrically with respect to the rotation axis J1.
  • the recess 1433 is arranged on the casing 14 side, and the protrusion 154 is arranged on the lid section 15 side.
  • the concave portion 1433 may be arranged on the lid portion 15 side
  • the convex portion 154 may be arranged on the casing 14 side.
  • one of the casing 14 and the lid 15 may further have a concave portion 1433 recessed from the other of the casing 14 and the lid 15 toward the one in the vertical direction.
  • the other of the above may further have a convex portion 154 that protrudes from the one of the above to the other of the above and is inserted into the concave portion 1433 . In this way, when assembling the racing module 100 , by inserting the convex portion 154 into the concave portion 1433 , the lid portion 15 can be easily positioned with respect to the casing 14 .
  • the convex portion 154 and the concave portion 1433 are arranged outside the inner wall portion 153 in the direction perpendicular to the vertical direction. Specifically, the convex portion 154 and the concave portion 1433 are arranged between the outer wall portion 152 and the inner wall portion 153 when viewed in the vertical direction. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the projecting portion 154 from coming into contact with the string S pulled out from the trunk portion 21 to the outlets 152a and 152b. Even if the positioning structure of the protrusion 154 and the recess 1433 is arranged, the string S can be pulled out smoothly without the protrusion 154 interfering with the string S.
  • lid 15 has extension member 155 .
  • the extension member 155 extends downward Dd from the flange portion 1511 . In this way, the extending member 155 can be spaced outward from the top surface portion 151 in the direction perpendicular to the vertical direction (the first direction D1 in FIG. 2). Therefore, the arrangement of the lid portion 15 with respect to the casing 14 can be designed more freely.
  • the claw portion 156 is arranged below the extension member 155 and hooked on a portion of the casing 14 .
  • the lid portion 15 has the claw portions 156 .
  • the snap-fit structure composed of the extending member 155 and the claw portion 156 allows the lid portion 15 to be detachably attached to the casing 14 with a simple configuration.
  • the claw portion 156 is hooked on the outer edge portion of the upper plate portion 143 . By doing so, it is not necessary to form a component on the casing 14 for hooking the claw portion 156 . Therefore, the lid portion 15 can be attached to the casing 14 with a simpler configuration.
  • the number of snap-fit structures composed of the extending members 155 and the claw portions 156 is two in this embodiment, it is not limited to this example, and may be singular or three or more. There may be.
  • Hook portion 157 > A piece portion 1434 is hooked on the hook portion 157 .
  • This hook structure allows the lid portion 15 to be attached to the casing 14 .
  • one hook portion 157 is arranged on each side of the lid portion 15 in the second direction D2.
  • the arrangement and number of hook portions 157 are not limited to this example.
  • the hook portion 157 is arranged on the lid portion 15 side, and the piece portion 1434 is arranged on the casing 14 side.
  • at least one hook portion 157 may be arranged on the casing 14 side, and at least one piece portion 1434 may be arranged on the lid portion 15 side. That is, one of the lid portion 15 and the casing 14 may have the piece portion 1434 . Also, the other of the lid portion 15 and the casing 14 may have the hook portion 157 on which the piece portion 1434 is hooked.
  • the hook portion 157 when viewed from the vertical direction, is arranged on the side opposite to the extension member 155 with the trunk portion 21 interposed in one direction (the first direction D1 in FIG. 2) perpendicular to the vertical direction.
  • the hook portion 157 is arranged on one side of the trunk portion 21 in the second direction D2
  • the extension member 155 is arranged on the other side of the trunk portion 21 in the second direction D2.
  • a member such as a screw may be additionally used to attach the lid portion 15 to the casing 14 for the purpose of fixing it more firmly.
  • the number of hooking structures composed of the hook portion 157 and the piece portion 1434 is two in this embodiment, it is not limited to this example, and may be singular or three or more. may
  • both the above-described snap-fit structure and hook structure are used for attaching the lid portion 15 to the casing 14 .
  • the attachment of the lid portion 15 to the casing 14 is not limited to this example, and only the above-described snap-fit structure may be employed, or only the above-described hooking structure may be employed.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the spool assembly.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the spool assembly.
  • a rotation drive portion 3 is attached to the spool 2.
  • a clutch gear 4 is attached to the spool 2.
  • the spool 2 has a body portion 21 and a spool shaft portion 22 .
  • a string S can be wound around the trunk portion 21 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 extends along a rotation axis J1 extending in the vertical direction.
  • the lacing module 100 comprises the spool 2. As shown in FIG.
  • the trunk portion 21 is connected to the upper end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 and is rotatable together with the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the body portion 21 is arranged above the casing 14 and is housed inside the lid portion 15 .
  • An upper end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the top surface portion 151 .
  • the lower end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the upper plate portion 143 .
  • Spool shaft portion 22 The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through an opening 1431 of the upper plate portion 143 and fitted into the opening 1431 via a gasket (reference numerals omitted) such as an O-ring. Thereby, the spool shaft portion 22 is held by the upper plate portion 143 so as to be rotatable about the rotation axis J1. At least the portion on the lower Dd side of the spool shaft portion 22 is housed in the casing 14 . The spool shaft portion 22 is rotatable about the rotation axis J1 together with the body portion 21 and the clutch gear 4 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 has a first plane portion 221, a contact surface portion 222, an upper groove portion 223, and a lower groove portion 224.
  • the first plane portion 221 is parallel to the vertical direction and arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the contact surface portion 222 is in contact with the upper end portion of the rotary drive portion 3, and in the present embodiment, is in contact with the upper end portion of the intermittent gear 36, which will be described later.
  • the contact surface portion 222 is perpendicular to the up-down direction and is arranged above the first plane portion 221 Du.
  • the contact surface portion 222 is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 and extends radially outward from the upper end portion of the first flat portion 221 in this embodiment.
  • the upper groove portion 223 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is disposed on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the upper groove portion 223 is arranged above the operating member 52 in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the lower groove portion 224 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is disposed on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the lower groove portion 224 is arranged in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the upper groove portion 223 and the operating member 52 .
  • FIG. The rotary drive unit 3 is rotatable around the rotation axis J1.
  • the racing module 100 has the rotary drive section 3 .
  • the rotary drive unit 3 rotates the spool 2 around the rotation axis J1.
  • the worm wheel gear 31 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 .
  • the worm wheel gear 31 meshes with the worm gear 12 .
  • a plurality of teeth 311 are arranged in a circumferential direction on the radially outer end of the worm wheel gear 31 .
  • the teeth 311 mesh with the teeth of the worm gear 12, so that the worm wheel gear 31 rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1 as the worm gear 12 rotates.
  • the torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the spool 2 via the worm wheel gear 31 and the worm gear 12 .
  • the torque transmission mechanism is not limited to this illustration, and various members and structures for torque transmission can be employed for the torque transmission mechanism.
  • torque may be transmitted through spur gears, bevel gears, chains and sprockets, and the like.
  • the racing module 100 may have a configuration in which the rotation driving section 3 includes a motor that generates torque to be transmitted to the spool 2 .
  • the worm gear 12 and the worm wheel gear 31 described above can be omitted.
  • clutch gear 4 may be connectable with the rotor of motor 11 . By doing so, the clutch gear 4 can transmit the rotation of the rotor to the spool 2 .
  • the rotary drive unit 3 further has a gear recess 32 , a central recess 33 , a first gear through-hole 34 , a recess 35 and an intermittent gear 36 .
  • the gear recess 32 is arranged on the lower surface of the worm wheel gear 31 and is recessed upward Du.
  • the gear recess 32 accommodates the clutch gear 4, at least a portion of the operating portion 5 on the upper Du side, the restricting portion 6, and the like (see FIG. 6). As a result, the vertical size of the spool assembly can be reduced.
  • the central recessed portion 33 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the gear recessed portion 32 and is recessed upward Du.
  • the radially outer end of the central recessed portion 33 is arranged radially inwardly of the radially outer end of the gear recessed portion 32 .
  • At least the upper Du side portion of the restricting portion 6 is accommodated in the central recessed portion 33 .
  • the first gear through-hole 34 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the central recessed portion 33, and penetrates the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 in the vertical direction.
  • the center of the first gear through-hole 34 coincides with the center of the worm wheel gear 31 when viewed from above and below.
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the first gear through-hole 34 .
  • the inner peripheral surface of the first gear through-hole 34 faces the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the contact surface portion 222 with a gap in the radial direction. Thereby, the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 are rotatably supported by the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the recessed portion 35 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the gear recessed portion 32 and is recessed upward Du.
  • the recess 35 is arranged radially outward of the central recess 33 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the central recess 33 in this embodiment.
  • a plurality of recesses 35 are arranged in a circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Although the number of recesses 35 is four in FIG. 7, it is not limited to this example. The number of recesses 35 may be singular or plural other than four. Moreover, the plurality of recesses 35 arranged in the circumferential direction may be arranged at equal intervals, or may be arranged at different intervals.
  • the intermittent gear 36 is an annular gear surrounding the rotation axis J1.
  • the intermittent gear 36 is fixed to the upper end of the worm wheel gear 31 and is integral with the worm wheel gear 31 in this embodiment.
  • a plurality of first teeth 361 arranged in the circumferential direction are arranged in a partial area of the radial outer surface of the intermittent gear 36 in the circumferential direction.
  • the first teeth 361 are circumferentially arranged at predetermined intervals in the partial region, but are not arranged in regions other than the partial region.
  • the number of first teeth 361 is two in this embodiment (see FIG. 9 described later). However, the number of first teeth 361 is not limited to this example, and may be three or more.
  • FIG. 8 is a top view of the clutch gear 4.
  • the clutch gear 4 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 .
  • the clutch gear 4 is connectable with the rotation drive section 3 . This connection can be released by moving the clutch gear 4 connected to the spool shaft portion 22 downward Dd.
  • the clutch gear 4 vertically faces the rotary drive section 3 and is connected to the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft section 22 so as to be vertically movable. That is, the clutch gear 4 can be non-rotatably connected to the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • This connection allows the rotary drive unit 3 to transmit the torque transmitted from the motor 11 via the worm gear 12 to the clutch gear 4 .
  • the spool 2 can be rotated around the rotation axis J1 by torque transmitted from the clutch gear 4 . As a result, the spool 2 can wind the string S around the trunk portion 21 and apply tension to the string S. Further, the spool 2 can be rotated in the reverse direction in response to the reverse rotation of the motor 11 to loosen the string S wound around the body portion 21 so that the string S can be untied from the body portion 21 .
  • the clutch gear 4 has a second gear through-hole 41 .
  • the second gear through-hole 41 vertically penetrates the clutch gear 4 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the second gear through-hole 41 .
  • the inner peripheral surface of the second gear through-hole 41 is in contact with the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the clutch gear 4 further has a second plane portion 42 parallel to the vertical direction (see FIGS. 7 and 8).
  • the second plane portion 42 is arranged on the inner surface of the second gear through-hole 41 .
  • the second flat portion 42 is in contact with and faces the first flat portion 221 of the spool shaft portion 22 in the radial direction. In this way, the clutch gear 4 can be rendered non-rotatable in the circumferential direction with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 . Therefore, idling of the clutch gear 4 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 can be reliably prevented.
  • the clutch gear 4 further has a convex portion 43 as shown in FIG.
  • the convex portion 43 is arranged on the upper surface of the clutch gear 4 and protrudes upward Du. At least the upper end portion of the projection 43 is detachably fitted into the recess 35 of the rotary drive portion 3 .
  • the fitting of the two enables the clutch gear 4 to rotate in the circumferential direction around the rotation axis J1 together with the rotary drive section 3 (especially the worm wheel gear 31).
  • the torque of the rotation driving portion 3 can be transmitted to the clutch gear 4 and further to the spool 2 via the clutch gear 4 .
  • the number of convex portions 43 is four in FIG. 8, it is not limited to this example.
  • the number of protrusions 43 may be singular or plural other than four.
  • all the convex portions 43 are arranged on the side of the clutch gear 4 (upper surface thereof) (see FIG. 8), and all the concave portions 35 are arranged on the side of the rotary drive portion 3 (on the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31). bottom).
  • the arrangement of the protrusions 43 and the recesses 35 is not limited to the example in this embodiment.
  • At least one convex portion 43 may be arranged on the rotary drive portion 3 side (the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31).
  • At least one recess 35 may be arranged on the clutch gear 4 side (its upper surface).
  • one of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 should have the protrusion 43 projecting toward the other of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 .
  • the other side may have a concave portion 35 recessed from the one side toward the other side.
  • the convex portion 43 is arranged on the one surface facing the other, and protrudes from the one in the vertical direction to the other.
  • the concave portion 35 is arranged on the surface of the other side facing the one side, and is recessed in the direction from the one side to the other side in the vertical direction. At least the ends of the projections 43 in the direction from the one to the other in the vertical direction are fitted into the recesses 35 .
  • the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the rotary drive section 3 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
  • the clutch gear 4 further has a cylindrical portion 44 as shown in FIG. 7 and the like. At the lower end of the clutch gear 4, the cylindrical portion 44 surrounds the rotation axis J1 and extends downward Dd.
  • the tubular portion 44 has a groove portion 441 .
  • the groove portion 441 has an annular shape that is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radially outer surface of the tubular portion 44 .
  • FIG. 5 is a member that can be operated externally by the user.
  • the operation unit 5 disconnects the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 in accordance with a user's operation.
  • the user can freely rotate the spool 2 with respect to the rotary drive unit 3 by disengaging the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the operation of the operation unit 5 . Therefore, the user can operate the spool 2 manually.
  • the spool 2 can be manually operated, so that the string S wound around the trunk portion 21 can be manually removed from the trunk portion 21. can be solved.
  • the operation unit 5 separates or brings the clutch gear 4 closer to or away from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the user's operation. By doing so, it is possible to switch between a state in which the spool 2 can be manually operated and a state in which the spool 2 can be driven electrically, with a simple configuration.
  • the racing module 100 disengages the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 by moving the clutch gear 4 away from the rotary drive unit 3, and the spool 2 can be manually operated.
  • the racing module 100 connects the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 by bringing the clutch gear 4 closer to the rotary drive unit 3 , and enters a state in which the spool 2 can be electrically driven.
  • the operating portion 5 has a connecting member 51 , an operating member 52 and a linear member 53 .
  • the connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 .
  • the connecting member 51 has an annular shape surrounding the rotation axis J1. A radially inner end portion of the connecting member 51 fits into the groove portion 441 of the clutch gear 4 .
  • the connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 so as to be rotatable in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the connecting member 51 from rotating together with the clutch gear 4 .
  • actuating member 52 The operating member 52 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd.
  • the actuating member 52 has an opening 521 extending therethrough in the vertical direction.
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening portion 521 of the operating member 52 .
  • the operating member 52 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the actuating member 52 applies a load to the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive portion 3 . By moving the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with the above load, the clutch gear 4 can be brought into a connectable state with the rotary drive section 3 .
  • the racing module 100 can couple the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 to electrically drive the spool 2 . Moreover, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 43 from easily coming off the recess 35 due to the above load. Furthermore, by adjusting the load, the tension acting on the string S when the protrusion 43 is removed from the recess 35 can be adjusted. That is, the upper limit of the tension acting on the string S can be adjusted.
  • the actuating member 52 includes an elastic member 522.
  • the elastic member 522 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd. An upper end portion of the elastic member 522 contacts the clutch gear 4 .
  • the operating member 52 can direct the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with a simple configuration.
  • a spring coil is adopted as the elastic member 522 in this embodiment.
  • the elastic member 522 may be a plate spring or a member made of rubber.
  • Linear member 53 The linear member 53 extends from the connecting member 51 at least in the direction opposite to the direction of the load applied to the clutch gear 4 by the operating member 52 .
  • the clutch gear 4 moves, for example, downward Dd together with the connecting member 51 to separate from the rotary drive section 3 . In other words, the user can release the connection of the clutch gear 4 with the rotary drive unit 3 .
  • the linear member 53 is a wire with one end connected to the connecting member 51 in this embodiment.
  • the linear member 53 is pulled out from the inside of the casing 14 to the outside through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 , and the hole 1441 .
  • the user can operate the operation unit 5 from the outside of the casing 14 .
  • the restricting portion 6 is an annular metal fitting surrounding the rotating shaft J1.
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the restricting portion 6 .
  • a radially inner end portion of the restricting portion 6 is accommodated in the upper groove portion 223 of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the restricting portion 6 is arranged between the worm wheel gear 31 and the clutch gear 4 in the vertical direction, and is in contact with the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the rotation driving portion 3 facing downward Dd. Thereby, the restricting portion 6 restricts the movement of the rotation driving portion 3 downward Dd.
  • the support member 7 is an annular metal fitting that surrounds the rotation axis J1 and is in contact with the lower end of the elastic member 522 .
  • the support member 7 supports the lower end of the elastic member 522 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the support member 7 .
  • a radial inner end portion of the support member 7 is accommodated in the lower groove portion 224 of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the lacing module 100 can regulate the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 .
  • the upper end of elastic member 522 contacts clutch gear 4 .
  • the movement of the upper end portion upward Du is regulated by the rotary drive portion 3 .
  • the elastic force of the elastic member 522 can be designed to a desired value because the elastic member 522 can be expanded and contracted depending on the vertical position of the support member 7.
  • the support member 7 may be a part of the bottom plate portion 141 of the casing 14 without being limited to the example of this embodiment. That is, the bottom plate portion 141 may support the lower end portion of the elastic member 522 , and the bottom plate portion 141 may restrict the movement of the lower end portion downward Dd.
  • the racing module 100 may employ a configuration in which the restricting portion 6 also contacts the clutch gear 4 . Thereby, the racing module 100 can further restrict the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 not only by the support member 7 but also by the restriction portion 6 .
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing engagement of each gear.
  • the limit gear 8 is rotatable around the gear shaft J2 and meshes with the intermittent gear 36 of the rotation drive section 3. As shown in FIG. 9, the limit gear 8 is rotatably supported by a shaft portion 1432 of the upper plate portion 143 and extends radially outward from the shaft portion 1432 with the gear axis J2 as a reference.
  • the limit gear 8 has a plurality of second teeth 81, first limit teeth 82, and second limit teeth 83.
  • the plurality of second teeth 81 are arranged in a circumferential direction around the gear shaft J2.
  • the first restricting tooth 82 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on one side in the circumferential direction.
  • the second restricting tooth 83 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on the other side in the circumferential direction.
  • the second tooth 81 , the first limit tooth 82 , and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 are meshable with the first tooth 361 of the rotary drive section 3 .
  • the tooth thickness of the first limiting tooth 82 and the second limiting tooth 83 is greater than the width of the tooth space between the circumferentially adjacent first teeth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 .
  • the state in which one of the first limiting tooth 82 and the second limiting tooth 83 of the limiting gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 of the rotary drive unit 3 is defined as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 winds the string. be able to. Also, the state in which the other of the first limit tooth 82 and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 can be used as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 unties the string S.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a racing module 100 according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the racing module 100.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of application of the racing module 100.
  • FIG. 1 shows a cross section of the racing module 100 along the dashed-dotted line II in FIG.
  • the lacing module 100 can electrically wind the string S around the spool 2, which will be described later, and release it from the spool 2 electrically or manually.
  • the lacing module 100 is attached to footwear 200 such as athletic shoes, and can tighten or loosen the shoelace (that is, the lace S) of the footwear 200 .
  • the racing module 100 is not limited to this illustration.
  • the lacing module 100 can be mounted on an article for winding, releasing, tightening, loosening, etc. the string S.
  • the lacing module 100 can also be used as a luggage bag such as a rucksack whose outlet is closed by tightening the string S, or as a fixture such as a cast that is attached by tightening the string S.
  • the racing module 100 includes a motor 11, a worm gear 12, a battery 13, a casing 14, a spool 2, a rotary drive section 3, a clutch gear 4, an operation section 5, a regulation section 6, and a support member 7. , and a limit gear 8 .
  • the rotary drive unit 3 has a worm wheel gear 31 that meshes with the worm gear 12 .
  • the spool 2, the rotary drive section 3, the clutch gear 4, the operating section 5, the restricting section 6, and the support member 7 constitute a spool assembly (see FIGS. 4 and 5, which will be described later).
  • Motor 11 is electrically connected to battery 13 .
  • a shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction or the other circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax by current supplied from the battery 13 .
  • Worm gear 12 extends along the motor rotation axis Ax and is connected with the shaft 111 of the motor 11 .
  • lacing module 100 includes worm gear 12 .
  • Worm gear 12 is rotatable together with shaft 111 of motor 11 . Torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the worm wheel gear 31 via the worm gear 12 .
  • the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the worm wheel gear 31 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
  • the worm gear 12 is connected to a later-described spool shaft portion 22 of the spool 2 via the rotary drive portion 3 .
  • the worm gear 12 rotates in the circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax.
  • the spool 2 is interlocked with the rotation of the worm gear 12 and rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1.
  • the shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction about the motor rotation axis Ax
  • the spool 2 rotates in one circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. be done.
  • a battery 13 supplies power to the motor 11 .
  • the battery 13 is a secondary battery such as a lithium ion battery in this embodiment. However, it is not limited to this example, and a primary battery such as a dry battery may be used instead of the secondary battery.
  • casing 14 houses at least part of the spool shaft portion 22 , the rotary drive portion 3 , the clutch gear 4 and the operation portion 5 .
  • lacing module 100 includes casing 14 . Further, the casing 14 accommodates the motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, the restricting portion 6, the supporting member 7, the restricting gear 8, and the like.
  • the casing 14 has a bottom plate portion 141 , a side plate portion 142 , an upper plate portion 143 , a lower plate portion 144 and a sealing member 145 .
  • the bottom plate portion 141 extends in a direction intersecting the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment).
  • the side plate portion 142 has a tubular shape extending upward Du from the outer edge portion of the bottom plate portion 141 .
  • the bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portions 142 form a box whose upper end is open.
  • the motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, at least part of the spool shaft portion 22, the rotary drive portion 3 (worm wheel gear 31), the clutch gear 4, the operation portion 5, the regulation portion 6, the support member 7, and the limit gear 8 and the like are accommodated.
  • the bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portion 142 are integrated in this embodiment, but are not limited to this example, and may be separate.
  • the bottom plate portion 141 has a receiving hole 1411 and a hole portion 1412 .
  • the receiving hole 1411 is arranged on the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 and is recessed downward Dd. A lower end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 is accommodated in the receiving hole 1411 .
  • the hole portion 1412 vertically penetrates the bottom plate portion 141 .
  • a linear member 53 which will be described later, is inserted through the hole 1412 .
  • the upper plate portion 143 extends in a direction intersecting with the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment) and covers the upper end portion of the side plate portion 142 .
  • the upper plate portion 143 has an opening portion 1431 and a shaft portion 1432 .
  • the opening 1431 vertically penetrates the upper plate portion 143 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening 1431 as described later.
  • the shaft portion 1432 rotatably supports the limit gear 8 .
  • the shaft portion 1432 extends downward Dd on the lower surface of the upper plate portion 143 along the gear shaft J2 parallel to the rotation axis J1.
  • the shaft portion 1432 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the lower plate portion 144 is arranged below the bottom plate portion 141 Dd and extends in a direction intersecting with the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment).
  • the bottom plate portion 141 has a hole portion 1441 .
  • the hole portion 1441 vertically penetrates the lower plate portion 144 .
  • the linear member 53 is inserted through the hole 1441 .
  • the sealing member 145 is arranged between the bottom plate portion 141 and the lower plate portion 144 .
  • the sealing member 145 seals the gap between the linear member 53 and the holes 1412 and 1441 .
  • the lacing module 100 further comprises a sealing member 145.
  • the seal member 145 has a hole portion (reference numeral omitted) penetrating the seal member 145 in the vertical direction.
  • the linear member 53 is inserted through this hole.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the hole is in contact with the linear member 53 without any gap. In this way, it is possible to prevent liquid (such as water) and dust from entering the casing 14 through the holes 1412 and 1441 .
  • lid portion 15 has a lidded tubular shape with an open bottom end, and is attached to the upper plate portion 143 of the casing 14 . Lid portion 15 covers a region of the upper surface of upper plate portion 143 including opening portion 1431 .
  • the lid portion 15 has a top portion 151 and an outer wall portion 152 .
  • the top surface portion 151 is arranged above the upper plate portion 143 and extends in a direction intersecting the vertical direction (radial direction in this embodiment).
  • the outer wall portion 152 extends downward Dd from the outer edge portion of the top surface portion 151 .
  • the lid portion 15 has outlets 152 a and 152 b penetrating the outer wall portion 152 .
  • the string S wound around the spool 2 is pulled out from the inside of the lid portion 15 to the outside through the outlets 152a and 152b.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the spool assembly.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the spool assembly.
  • a rotation drive portion 3 is attached to the spool 2.
  • a clutch gear 4 is attached to the spool 2.
  • the spool 2 has a body portion 21 and a spool shaft portion 22 .
  • a string S can be wound around the trunk portion 21 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 extends along a rotation axis J1 extending in the vertical direction.
  • the lacing module 100 comprises the spool 2. As shown in FIG.
  • the trunk portion 21 is connected to the upper end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 and is rotatable together with the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the body portion 21 is arranged above the casing 14 and is housed inside the lid portion 15 .
  • An upper end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the top surface portion 151 .
  • the lower end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the upper plate portion 143 .
  • Spool shaft portion 22 The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through an opening 1431 of the upper plate portion 143 and fitted into the opening 1431 via a gasket (reference numerals omitted) such as an O-ring. Thereby, the spool shaft portion 22 is held by the upper plate portion 143 so as to be rotatable about the rotation axis J1. At least the portion on the lower Dd side of the spool shaft portion 22 is housed in the casing 14 . The spool shaft portion 22 is rotatable about the rotation axis J1 together with the body portion 21 and the clutch gear 4 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 has a first plane portion 221, a contact surface portion 222, an upper groove portion 223, and a lower groove portion 224.
  • the first plane portion 221 is parallel to the vertical direction and arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the contact surface portion 222 is in contact with the upper end portion of the rotary drive portion 3, and in the present embodiment, is in contact with the upper end portion of the intermittent gear 36, which will be described later.
  • the contact surface portion 222 is perpendicular to the up-down direction and is arranged above the first plane portion 221 Du.
  • the contact surface portion 222 is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 and extends radially outward from the upper end portion of the first flat portion 221 in this embodiment. In this way, as will be described later, when the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted into the first gear through-hole 34 of the rotary drive portion 3, the vertical positioning of the rotary drive portion 3 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 can be easily performed. Further, the contact surface portion 222 can restrict the upward movement of the rotary drive portion 3 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 to Du.
  • the upper groove portion 223 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the upper groove portion 223 is arranged above the operating member 52 in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the lower groove portion 224 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the lower groove portion 224 is arranged in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the upper groove portion 223 and the operating member 52 .
  • FIG. The rotary drive unit 3 is rotatable around the rotation axis J1.
  • the racing module 100 has the rotary drive section 3 .
  • the rotary drive section 3 has the worm wheel gear 31 as described above.
  • the worm wheel gear 31 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 .
  • the worm wheel gear 31 meshes with the worm gear 12 .
  • a plurality of teeth 311 are arranged in a circumferential direction on the radially outer end of the worm wheel gear 31 .
  • the teeth 311 mesh with the teeth of the worm gear 12, so that the worm wheel gear 31 rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1 as the worm gear 12 rotates.
  • the torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the spool 2 via the worm wheel gear 31 and the worm gear 12 .
  • the torque transmission mechanism is not limited to this illustration, and various members and structures for torque transmission can be employed for the torque transmission mechanism.
  • torque may be transmitted through spur gears, bevel gears, chains and sprockets, and the like.
  • the racing module 100 may have a configuration in which the rotation driving section 3 includes a motor that generates torque to be transmitted to the spool 2 .
  • the worm gear 12 and the worm wheel gear 31 described above can be omitted.
  • clutch gear 4 may be connectable with the rotor of motor 11 . By doing so, the clutch gear 4 can transmit the rotation of the rotor to the spool 2 .
  • the rotary drive unit 3 further has a gear recess 32 , a central recess 33 , a first gear through-hole 34 , a recess 35 and an intermittent gear 36 .
  • the gear recess 32 is arranged on the lower surface of the worm wheel gear 31 and is recessed upward Du.
  • the gear recess 32 accommodates the clutch gear 4, at least a portion of the operating portion 5 on the upper Du side, the restricting portion 6, and the like (see FIG. 6). As a result, the vertical size of the spool assembly can be reduced.
  • the first gear through-hole 34 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the central recessed portion 33, and penetrates the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 in the vertical direction.
  • the center of the first gear through-hole 34 coincides with the center of the worm wheel gear 31 when viewed from above and below.
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the first gear through-hole 34 .
  • the inner peripheral surface of the first gear through-hole 34 faces the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the contact surface portion 222 with a gap in the radial direction. Thereby, the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 are rotatably supported by the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the recessed portion 35 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the gear recessed portion 32 and is recessed upward Du.
  • the recess 35 is arranged radially outward of the central recess 33 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the central recess 33 in this embodiment.
  • a plurality of recesses 35 are arranged in a circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Although the number of recesses 35 is four in FIG. 5, it is not limited to this example. The number of recesses 35 may be singular or plural other than four. Moreover, the plurality of recesses 35 arranged in the circumferential direction may be arranged at equal intervals, or may be arranged at different intervals.
  • the intermittent gear 36 is an annular gear surrounding the rotation axis J1.
  • the intermittent gear 36 is fixed to the upper end of the worm wheel gear 31 and is integral with the worm wheel gear 31 in this embodiment.
  • a plurality of first teeth 361 arranged in the circumferential direction are arranged in a partial area of the radial outer surface of the intermittent gear 36 in the circumferential direction.
  • the first teeth 361 are circumferentially arranged at predetermined intervals in the partial region, but are not arranged in regions other than the partial region.
  • the number of first teeth 361 is two in this embodiment (see FIG. 9 described later). However, the number of first teeth 361 is not limited to this example, and may be three or more.
  • FIG. 8 is a top view of the clutch gear 4.
  • the clutch gear 4 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 .
  • the clutch gear 4 is connectable with the rotation drive section 3 . This connection can be released by moving the clutch gear 4 connected to the spool shaft portion 22 downward Dd.
  • the clutch gear 4 vertically faces the rotary drive section 3 and is connected to the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft section 22 so as to be vertically movable.
  • the racing module 100 has the clutch gear 4 . That is, the clutch gear 4 can be non-rotatably connected to the spool shaft portion 22 . This connection allows the rotary drive unit 3 to transmit the torque transmitted from the motor 11 via the worm gear 12 to the clutch gear 4 .
  • the spool 2 can be rotated around the rotation axis J1 by torque transmitted from the clutch gear 4 . As a result, the spool 2 can wind the string S around the trunk portion 21 and apply tension to the string S. Further, the spool 2 can be rotated in the reverse direction in response to the reverse rotation of the motor 11 to loosen the string S wound around the body portion 21 so that the string S can be untied from the body portion 21 .
  • the clutch gear 4 has a second gear through-hole 41 .
  • the second gear through-hole 41 vertically penetrates the clutch gear 4 .
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the second gear through-hole 41 .
  • the inner peripheral surface of the second gear through-hole 41 is in contact with the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the clutch gear 4 further has a second plane portion 42 parallel to the vertical direction (see FIGS. 7 and 8).
  • the second plane portion 42 is arranged on the inner surface of the second gear through-hole 41 .
  • the second flat portion 42 is in contact with and faces the first flat portion 221 of the spool shaft portion 22 in the radial direction. In this way, the clutch gear 4 can be rendered non-rotatable in the circumferential direction with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 . Therefore, idling of the clutch gear 4 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 can be reliably prevented.
  • the clutch gear 4 further has a convex portion 43 as shown in FIG.
  • the convex portion 43 is arranged on the upper surface of the clutch gear 4 and protrudes upward Du. At least the upper end portion of the projection 43 is detachably fitted into the recess 35 of the rotary drive portion 3 .
  • the fitting of the two enables the clutch gear 4 to rotate in the circumferential direction around the rotation axis J1 together with the rotary drive section 3 (especially the worm wheel gear 31).
  • the torque of the rotation driving portion 3 can be transmitted to the clutch gear 4 and further to the spool 2 via the clutch gear 4 .
  • the number of convex portions 43 is four in FIG. 6, it is not limited to this example.
  • the number of protrusions 43 may be singular or plural other than four.
  • all the convex portions 43 are arranged on the side of the clutch gear 4 (upper surface thereof) (see FIG. 8), and all the concave portions 35 are arranged on the side of the rotary drive portion 3 (on the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31). bottom).
  • the arrangement of the protrusions 43 and the recesses 35 is not limited to the example in this embodiment.
  • At least one convex portion 43 may be arranged on the rotary drive portion 3 side (the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31).
  • At least one recess 35 may be arranged on the clutch gear 4 side (its upper surface).
  • one of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 should have the protrusion 43 projecting toward the other of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 .
  • the other side may have a concave portion 35 recessed from the one side toward the other side.
  • the convex portion 43 is arranged on the one surface facing the other, and protrudes from the one in the vertical direction to the other.
  • the concave portion 35 is arranged on the surface of the other side facing the one side, and is recessed in the direction from the one side to the other side in the vertical direction. At least the ends of the projections 43 in the direction from the one to the other in the vertical direction are fitted into the recesses 35 .
  • the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the rotary drive section 3 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
  • At least one of the convex portion 43 and the concave portion 35 has a tapered shape when viewed from the radial direction with respect to the rotation axis J1.
  • the width W in the direction Dv perpendicular to the vertical direction and the radial direction becomes narrower from the one side to the other side in the vertical direction.
  • FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of fitting of the convex portion 43 to the concave portion 35 as seen from the radial direction.
  • FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view showing another example of fitting of the convex portion 43 to the concave portion 35 as seen from the radial direction.
  • the tapered shape of the concave portion 35 and the convex portion 43 may be a trapezoidal shape as shown in FIG. 10A or a triangular shape as shown in FIG. may
  • the recess 35 has an inner surface 351 facing at least one direction Dv (hereinafter referred to as direction Dv1) and an inner surface facing at least the other direction Dv (hereinafter referred to as direction Dv2). 352 and .
  • the convex portion 43 has an outer side surface 431 facing at least the direction Dv1 and an outer side surface 432 facing at least the direction Dv2.
  • the inner side surface 352 of the concave portion 35 and the outer side surface 431 of the convex portion 43 face each other in the direction Dv, obliquely intersect the vertical direction, and extend in the direction Dv2 toward the upper side Du when viewed in the radial direction.
  • the inner side surface 351 of the concave portion 35 and the outer side surface 432 of the convex portion 43 face each other in the direction Dv, obliquely intersect the vertical direction, and extend in the direction Dv1 toward the upper Du when viewed in the radial direction. Therefore, when viewed from the radial direction with respect to the rotation axis J1, the widths of the concave portion 35 and the convex portion 43 in the direction perpendicular to the vertical direction and parallel to the radial direction become narrower toward the upper Du.
  • the outer side surface 431 of the convex portion 43 is parallel to the inner side surface 352 of the concave portion 35 on the one Dv1 side in the circumferential direction.
  • the outer side surface 432 of the convex portion 43 is parallel to the inner side surface 351 of the concave portion 35 on the other circumferential direction Dv2 side.
  • the convex portion 43 can be reliably disengaged from the concave portion 35 when a torque equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold is transmitted between the coupled rotary drive portion 3 and clutch gear 4 . Also, at this time, the outer side surfaces 431 and 432 of the convex portion 43 are aligned with respect to the inner side surfaces 351 and 352 of the concave portion 35 in the vertical direction from the other gear to the one gear (in FIGS. 10A and 10B, Since it slides downward Dd), deformation and breakage of the concave portion 35 and the convex portion 43 are less likely to occur.
  • the shapes of the convex portion 43 and the concave portion 35 are the same in this embodiment, they may have different shapes.
  • a structure may be adopted in which the width of the concave portion 43 is made larger than the width of the convex portion 35 in the direction Dv so that the spool 2 rotates with play.
  • the shapes of the convex portion 43 and the concave portion 35 are bilaterally symmetrical, but they may be bilaterally asymmetrical.
  • one of the inner surfaces 351 and 352 may have a greater inclination with respect to the vertical direction than the other inner surface.
  • one of the outer surfaces 431 and 432 may be inclined with respect to the vertical direction more than the other outer surface.
  • the clutch gear 4 further has a cylindrical portion 44 as shown in FIG. 7 and the like. At the lower end of the clutch gear 4, the cylindrical portion 44 surrounds the rotation axis J1 and extends downward Dd.
  • the tubular portion 44 has a groove portion 441 .
  • the groove portion 441 has an annular shape that is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radially outer surface of the tubular portion 44 .
  • FIG. The operation unit 5 is a member that can be operated externally by the user.
  • the racing module 100 has the operating section 5 .
  • the operation unit 5 disconnects the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 in accordance with a user's operation.
  • the user can freely rotate the spool 2 with respect to the rotary drive unit 3 by disengaging the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the operation of the operation unit 5 . Therefore, the user can operate the spool 2 manually.
  • the spool 2 can be manually operated, so that the string S wound around the trunk portion 21 can be manually removed from the trunk portion 21. can be solved.
  • the operation unit 5 separates or brings the clutch gear 4 closer to or away from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the user's operation. By doing so, it is possible to switch between a state in which the spool 2 can be manually operated and a state in which the spool 2 can be driven electrically, with a simple configuration.
  • the racing module 100 disengages the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 by moving the clutch gear 4 away from the rotary drive unit 3, and the spool 2 can be manually operated.
  • the racing module 100 connects the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 by bringing the clutch gear 4 closer to the rotary drive unit 3 , and enters a state in which the spool 2 can be electrically driven.
  • the operating portion 5 has a connecting member 51 , an operating member 52 and a linear member 53 .
  • the connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 .
  • the operating section 5 has the connecting member 51 .
  • the connecting member 51 has an annular shape surrounding the rotation axis J1. A radially inner end portion of the connecting member 51 fits into the groove portion 441 of the clutch gear 4 .
  • the connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 so as to be rotatable in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the connecting member 51 from rotating together with the clutch gear 4 .
  • actuating member 52 The operating member 52 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd.
  • the actuating member 52 has an opening 521 extending therethrough in the vertical direction.
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening portion 521 of the operating member 52 .
  • the operating member 52 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the operating portion 5 has the operating member 52 .
  • the actuating member 52 applies a load to the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive portion 3 . By moving the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with the above load, the clutch gear 4 can be brought into a connectable state with the rotary drive section 3 .
  • the racing module 100 can couple the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 to electrically drive the spool 2 . Moreover, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 43 from easily coming off the recess 35 due to the above load. Furthermore, by adjusting the load, the tension acting on the string S when the protrusion 43 is removed from the recess 35 can be adjusted. That is, the upper limit of the tension acting on the string S can be adjusted.
  • the actuating member 52 includes an elastic member 522.
  • the elastic member 522 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd. An upper end portion of the elastic member 522 contacts the clutch gear 4 .
  • the operating member 52 can direct the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with a simple configuration.
  • a spring coil is adopted as the elastic member 522 in this embodiment.
  • the elastic member 522 may be a plate spring or a member made of rubber.
  • Linear member 53 The linear member 53 extends from the connecting member 51 at least in the direction opposite to the direction of the load applied to the clutch gear 4 by the operating member 52 . As described above, the operating section 5 has the linear member 53 . When the user pulls the linear member 53 , the clutch gear 4 moves, for example, downward Dd together with the connecting member 51 to separate from the rotary drive section 3 . In other words, the user can release the connection of the clutch gear 4 with the rotary drive unit 3 .
  • the linear member 53 is a wire with one end connected to the connecting member 51 in this embodiment.
  • the linear member 53 is pulled out from the inside of the casing 14 to the outside through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 , and the hole 1441 .
  • the casing 14 has the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 and the hole 1441 .
  • the hole 1412, the hole of the sealing member 145, and the hole 1441 are examples of the "hole” in the present invention.
  • the linear members 53 are plural. Connection portions between the respective linear members 53 and the connecting members 51 are arranged at regular intervals in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. In this way, the user can pull the linear members 53 simultaneously to move the clutch gear 4 parallel to the rotation axis J1 extending in the vertical direction. Therefore, the clutch gear 4 can be moved with respect to the vertically extending spool shaft portion 22 without being caught. Therefore, it is possible to smoothly disengage the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 .
  • the number of linear members 53 is two in this embodiment, the number of linear members 53 is not limited to this example, and may be three or more. Moreover, the above-mentioned illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the linear member 53 is singular and the configuration in which a plurality of linear members 53 are arranged at different intervals in the circumferential direction.
  • the restricting portion 6 is an annular metal fitting surrounding the rotating shaft J1.
  • the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the restricting portion 6 .
  • a radially inner end portion of the restricting portion 6 is accommodated in the upper groove portion 223 of the spool shaft portion 22 .
  • the restricting portion 6 is arranged between the worm wheel gear 31 and the clutch gear 4 in the vertical direction, and is in contact with the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the rotation driving portion 3 facing downward Dd. Thereby, the restricting portion 6 restricts the movement of the rotation driving portion 3 downward Dd.
  • the support member 7 is an annular metal fitting that surrounds the rotation axis J1 and is in contact with the lower end of the elastic member 522 .
  • the lacing module 100 comprises the support member 7. As shown in FIG. The support member 7 supports the lower end of the elastic member 522 . Specifically, the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the support member 7 . A radial inner end portion of the support member 7 is accommodated in the lower groove portion 224 of the spool shaft portion 22 . By arranging the support member 7 , the lacing module 100 can regulate the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 . For example, the upper end of elastic member 522 contacts clutch gear 4 .
  • the elastic force of the elastic member 522 can be designed to a desired value because the elastic member 522 can be expanded and contracted depending on the vertical position of the support member 7.
  • the support member 7 may be a part of the bottom plate portion 141 of the casing 14 without being limited to the example of this embodiment. That is, the bottom plate portion 141 may support the lower end portion of the elastic member 522 , and the bottom plate portion 141 may restrict the movement of the lower end portion downward Dd.
  • the racing module 100 may employ a configuration in which the restricting portion 6 also contacts the clutch gear 4 . Thereby, the racing module 100 can further restrict the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 not only by the support member 7 but also by the restriction portion 6 .
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing engagement of each gear.
  • the limit gear 8 is rotatable around the gear shaft J2 and meshes with the intermittent gear 36 of the rotation drive section 3.
  • the lacing module 100 comprises a limit gear 8.
  • the limit gear 8 is rotatably supported by a shaft portion 1432 of the upper plate portion 143 and extends radially outward from the shaft portion 1432 with the gear axis J2 as a reference.
  • the limit gear 8 has a plurality of second teeth 81, first limit teeth 82, and second limit teeth 83.
  • the plurality of second teeth 81 are arranged in a circumferential direction around the gear shaft J2.
  • the first restricting tooth 82 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on one side in the circumferential direction.
  • the second restricting tooth 83 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on the other side in the circumferential direction.
  • the second tooth 81 , the first limit tooth 82 , and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 are meshable with the first tooth 361 of the rotary drive section 3 .
  • the tooth thickness of the first limiting tooth 82 and the second limiting tooth 83 is greater than the width of the tooth space between the circumferentially adjacent first teeth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 .
  • the state in which one of the first and second limiting teeth 82 and 83 of the limiting gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 of the rotary drive unit 3 is defined as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 winds the string S. can do.
  • the state in which the other of the first limit tooth 82 and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 can be used as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 unties the string S.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an operating member 52 according to a first modified example.
  • the operating member 52 has a magnet 523 instead of the elastic member 522 .
  • the rotation drive section 3 has a magnetic body 37 .
  • the magnetic body 37 is arranged to vertically face the magnet 523 .
  • a plurality of magnets 523 and magnetic bodies 37 can be arranged in the circumferential direction around the rotation axis J1.
  • at least one of the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 may have a ring shape extending in the circumferential direction.
  • the magnet 523 is exposed on the surface (upper surface) of the clutch gear 4 in FIG.
  • the magnetic body 37 is exposed on the surface (lower surface) of the worm wheel gear 31 .
  • the magnet 523 may be arranged inside or outside the clutch gear 4 .
  • the magnetic body 37 may be arranged inside or outside the worm wheel gear 31 .
  • the material of the worm wheel gear 31 may be a magnetic material.
  • the magnetic body 37 may be arranged on the clutch gear 4 side, and the magnet 523 may be arranged on the rotary drive section 3 side, without being limited to the example shown in FIG. 11 . That is, the operating member 52 may be one of the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 arranged to face the magnet 523 in the vertical direction. Also, the rotation drive section 3 may have the other of the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 . In this way, the magnetic attraction between the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 allows the actuating member 52 to direct the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive portion.
  • the elastic member 522 and the support member 7 are omitted in FIG. 11 in the first modified example, they are not limited to this illustration and may not be omitted.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of the operation unit 5 according to the second modified example.
  • the racing module 100 further includes a pulley 91, a bobbin 92, an operating shaft 93, and a bobbin operating member 94.
  • Casing 14 houses pulley 91 . Further, the casing 14 houses at least part of the spool shaft portion 22 , the rotary drive portion 3 , the clutch gear 4 , the operating portion 5 and the bobbin 92 .
  • Racing module 100 comprises a casing 14 .
  • the pulley 91 is rotatable around an axis (not shown) extending in a direction parallel to the top surface of the bottom plate portion 141 and is arranged on the top surface of the bottom plate portion 141 .
  • a linear member 53 is hooked on the pulley 91 .
  • the pulley 91 extends a linear member 53 extending downward Dd from the connecting member 51 toward the bobbin 92 .
  • the bobbin 92 is rotatable around the predetermined axis J3, and can wind the linear member 53 around the outer surface in the radial direction with respect to the predetermined axis J3.
  • lacing module 100 includes bobbin 92 .
  • the bobbin 92 is arranged on the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 .
  • the predetermined axis J3 extends along the normal direction of the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 .
  • the operating shaft 93 extends along the predetermined axis J3.
  • the operation shaft 93 is inserted from the outside to the inside of the casing 14 through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 and the hole 1441 .
  • the seal member 145 seals the gap between the operation shaft 93 and the holes 1412 and 1441 .
  • the upper end of the operating shaft 93 is fixed to the bobbin 92 .
  • the operation shaft 93 is rotatable about the predetermined axis J3 together with the bobbin 92 and the bobbin operation member 94, and is supported by the bottom plate portion 141 and the lower plate portion 144. As shown in FIG.
  • the bobbin operating member 94 is fixed to the lower end of the operating shaft 93 .
  • the bobbin operating member 94 is arranged outside the casing 14 and rotates the bobbin 92 according to the user's operation.
  • lacing module 100 includes bobbin operating member 94 .
  • the user can wind the linear member 53 around the bobbin 92 by rotating the bobbin operating member 94 in one circumferential direction.
  • the user can also untie the linear member 53 from the bobbin 92 by rotating the bobbin operating member 94 in the other circumferential direction.
  • the linear member 53 is wound around the bobbin 92 by the rotation of the bobbin 92 according to the operation of the bobbin operation member 94 . Due to the pulling of the linear member 53 accompanying this, the clutch gear 4 is separated from the rotary drive section 3 . Therefore, even if the linear member 53 is not pulled out of the casing 14 , the clutch gear 4 can be disconnected from the rotary drive section 3 by operating the bobbin operation member 94 arranged outside the casing 14 .
  • the present invention has the following configurations. (1) a body on which a string can be wound, a spool shaft extending along a rotation axis extending in the vertical direction, a spool having a rotary drive unit rotatable about the rotary shaft; a clutch gear connectable with the rotary drive unit; an operation unit that can be operated externally by a user; with The spool shaft is rotatable about the rotation shaft together with the body and the clutch gear, The racing module, wherein the operation unit disconnects the clutch gear from the rotary drive unit according to the user's operation.
  • one of the rotary drive unit and the clutch gear has a protrusion projecting toward the other;
  • the racing module according to (1) wherein the other has a recess recessed from the one toward the other.
  • At least one of the convex portion and the concave portion is a taper in which the width in the vertical direction and the direction perpendicular to the radial direction narrows from the one to the other in the vertical direction when viewed in the radial direction.
  • the lacing module of (2) having a shape.
  • the clutch gear faces the rotary drive portion in the vertical direction and is connected to the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft portion so as to be movable in the vertical direction;
  • the racing module according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein the operating section moves the clutch gear away from or close to the rotary drive section according to the user's operation.
  • the operation section has an operating member that applies a load to the clutch gear toward the rotary drive section.
  • the operating member includes an elastic member arranged below the clutch gear.
  • the support member supports the lower end of the elastic member.
  • the actuating member is one of a magnet and a magnetic body disposed vertically facing the magnet; (6) The racing module according to (6), wherein the rotational drive section has the other of the magnet and the magnetic body.
  • the operation unit a connecting member connected to the clutch gear; a linear member extending from the connecting member at least in a direction opposite to the direction of the load applied to the clutch gear by the operating member;
  • the racing module according to (10), wherein the connecting member is rotatably connected to the clutch gear in the circumferential direction about the rotation shaft.
  • the linear member is plural, The racing module according to (10) or (11), wherein connecting portions between the respective linear members and the connecting members are arranged at regular intervals in a circumferential direction about the rotation axis. (13) further comprising a casing housing at least part of the spool shaft portion, the rotary drive portion, the clutch gear, and the operating portion; The racing module according to any one of (10) to (12), wherein the casing has a hole through which the linear member is pulled out from the interior of the casing. (14) The racing module according to (13), further comprising a sealing member that seals a gap between the linear member and the hole.
  • a bobbin that is rotatable about a predetermined axis and capable of winding the linear member around an outer surface in a radial direction with respect to the predetermined axis; a casing that houses at least part of the spool shaft, the rotary drive unit, the clutch gear, the operating unit, and the bobbin; a bobbin operation member that is arranged outside the casing and rotates the bobbin according to a user's operation;
  • a lacing module according to any one of (10) to (12), further comprising:
  • axial direction the direction in which the central axis CA, which will be described later, extends in the racing module 1000 is called "axial direction”.
  • axial direction the direction from body portion 210 to guide member 410, which will be described later, is referred to as “one axial direction Da1”, and the direction from guide member 410 to body portion 210 is referred to as “other axial direction Da2”.
  • the direction perpendicular to a predetermined axis such as the central axis CA is called the "radial direction”, and the direction of rotation about the predetermined axis is called the “circumferential direction”.
  • the direction toward a predetermined axis is called “radially inward”
  • the direction away from the predetermined axis is called “radial outward”.
  • the circumferential direction centering on the central axis CA is called “circumferential direction Dr”.
  • one direction is called “one circumferential direction Dr1”
  • the other direction is called “the other circumferential direction Dr2”.
  • annular means a shape that is continuously connected without a break over the entire circumferential direction centered on a predetermined axis, or a shape that is continuous throughout the entire area centered on a predetermined axis. Includes shapes with one or more cuts in the part. It also includes a shape that draws a closed curve on a curved surface that intersects with a predetermined axis as the center.
  • parallel means not only a state in which they do not intersect at all no matter how far they are extended, but also a state in which they are substantially parallel. include.
  • perpendicular respectively includes not only the state in which the two intersect each other at 90 degrees, but also the state in which they are substantially perpendicular. In other words, “parallel” and “perpendicular” each include a state in which there is an angular deviation in the positional relationship between the two without departing from the gist of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of the racing module 1000.
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration example of the racing module 1000.
  • FIG. 3 shows an example application of the racing module 1000 .
  • 13 shows a cross section of the racing module 1000 along the two-dot chain line II in FIG.
  • the lacing module 1000 can be electrically operated to wind the string S around the spool 20 described later and release the string S from the spool 20 .
  • the lacing module 1000 is attached to footwear 200 such as athletic shoes, and can tighten or loosen the shoelace (that is, lace S) of the footwear 200 .
  • the racing module 1000 is not limited to this illustration.
  • the lacing module 1000 can be mounted on an article for winding, releasing, tightening, loosening, etc. the string S.
  • the lacing module 1000 can be used for a bag such as a rucksack whose outlet is closed by tightening the string S, and a fixture such as a cast that is attached by tightening the string S.
  • the racing module 1000 includes a motor 110, a worm gear 120, a battery 130, and a casing 140.
  • the racing module 1000 also includes a spool 20, a worm wheel gear 30, a rotation restricting mechanism 40, an elastic member 510, and metal fittings 520 and 530.
  • the spool 20, the worm wheel gear 30, the guide member 410 of the rotation restricting mechanism 40, the elastic member 510, and the metal fittings 520, 530 constitute a spool assembly to be described later. Details of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 will be described later.
  • the motor 110 is electrically connected with the battery 130 .
  • a shaft 1110 of the motor 110 rotates in one circumferential direction or in the other circumferential direction by current supplied from the battery 130 .
  • the worm gear 120 extends along the rotation axis of the shaft 1110 and is connected with the shaft 1110 of the motor 110 .
  • lacing module 1000 includes worm gear 120 .
  • Worm gear 120 is rotatable with shaft 1110 of motor 110 .
  • the worm gear 120 is also connected to a later-described spool shaft portion 220 of the spool 20 via the worm wheel gear 30 and the rotation restricting mechanism 40 .
  • the worm gear 120 rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis of the shaft 1110 .
  • the spool 20 is interlocked with the rotation of the worm gear 120 and rotates in the circumferential direction Dr around the central axis CA.
  • the spool 20 rotates in one circumferential direction Dr1 about the central axis CA, whereby the string S is wound around the spool 20 .
  • the spool 20 rotates in the other circumferential direction Dr2 about the central axis CA, whereby the string S is unwound and released from the spool 20 .
  • the battery 130 is the power source of the racing module 1000, and in this embodiment is a rechargeable secondary battery such as a lithium ion battery. However, without being limited to this example, the battery 130 may be a primary battery or may be replaceable.
  • the casing 140 houses the motor 110, the worm gear 120, the battery 130, the spool shaft 220, the worm wheel gear 30, the rotation restricting mechanism 40, the elastic member 510, the metal fittings 520 and 530, and the like.
  • the casing 140 has a first casing 1410 and a second casing 1420.
  • the first casing 1410 is a box with an open end on the other Da2 side in the axial direction.
  • the first casing 1410 has a side plate portion 14110 and a bottom plate portion 14120 .
  • the side plate portion 14110 extends in the axial direction surrounding the motor 110, the worm gear 120, the battery 130, the spool shaft portion 220, the worm wheel gear 30, the rotation restricting mechanism 40, and the like.
  • the bottom plate portion 14120 extends in a direction intersecting with the central axis CA.
  • the outer edge portion of the bottom plate portion 14120 is connected to the one Da1 side of the side plate portion 14110 in the axial direction.
  • the bottom plate portion 14120 has a receiving hole 1413 .
  • the receiving hole 1413 is arranged in the end surface of the bottom plate portion 14120 on the other axial direction Da2 side, and is recessed in the axial direction one Da1.
  • the receiving hole 1413 accommodates the end portion of the spool shaft portion 220 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view of an exemplary spool assembly
  • FIG. 16 is an exploded perspective view of an exemplary spool assembly
  • the trunk portion 210 is connected to the end portion of the spool shaft portion 220 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction, and is rotatable together with the spool shaft portion 220 .
  • Body portion 210 is arranged on the other side Da ⁇ b>2 in the axial direction relative to second casing 1420 , that is, arranged outside casing 140 .
  • the spool shaft portion 220 extends along the axially extending central axis CA.
  • the spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the opening portion 14210 of the second casing 1420 and fitted into the cylindrical portion 14220 via an O-ring (reference numerals omitted). Thereby, the spool shaft portion 220 is held by the second casing 1420 so as to be rotatable about the central axis CA.
  • the spool shaft portion 220 is rotatable around the central axis CA together with the body portion 210, the worm wheel gear 30, and the like.
  • the spool shaft portion 220 has a contact surface portion 2210 and groove portions 2220 and 2230 .
  • the contact surface portion 2210 is arranged at the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft portion 220 , extends radially outward, and faces the flange portion 1423 in the axial direction.
  • the axial contact of the contact surface portion 2210 with the collar portion 1423 prevents the spool 20 from moving in the first axial direction Da1.
  • the grooves 2220 and 2230 are arranged on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft 220, are recessed radially inward, and extend in the circumferential direction Dr.
  • the groove portion 2220 is arranged on the one axial side Da1 from the contact surface portion 2210 .
  • Groove portion 2230 is arranged on one side Da1 in the axial direction from groove portion 2220 . Specifically, the groove portion 2230 is arranged on the one axial direction Da1 side of the elastic member 510 in the portion of the spool shaft portion 220 on the one axial direction Da1 side.
  • the worm wheel gear 30 is fixed to the radially outer end of the spool shaft 220 and spreads radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 220 .
  • the worm wheel gear 30 is separate from the spool shaft portion 220 in this embodiment, it is not limited to this example and may be integrated with the spool shaft portion 220 .
  • the worm wheel gear 30 has a gear through hole 310 , a plurality of teeth 320 and gear recesses 330 .
  • the gear through-hole 310 penetrates the worm wheel gear 30 in the axial direction.
  • the inner peripheral surface of gear through-hole 310 surrounds central axis CA.
  • the spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the gear through-hole 310 .
  • the gear through-hole 310 is connected to the gear recessed portion 330 and a through-hole 4111 of the rotation restricting mechanism 40, which will be described later.
  • the plurality of teeth 320 are arranged at the radially outer end of the worm wheel gear 30 and arranged in the circumferential direction Dr, and mesh with the teeth of the worm gear 120 . That is, the worm wheel gear 30 meshes with the worm gear 120 .
  • the lacing module 1000 includes the worm wheel gear 30. As shown in FIG. Accordingly, the worm wheel gear 30 can rotate in the circumferential direction Dr around the central axis CA together with the spool 20 in accordance with the rotation of the worm gear 120 .
  • the gear recessed portion 330 is arranged on the end surface of the worm wheel gear 30 on the one axial direction Da1 side and is recessed on the other axial direction Da2 side.
  • An inner peripheral surface of gear recess 330 facing radially inward surrounds central axis CA.
  • An end portion of the gear through-hole 310 on the one axial Da1 side is disposed on the bottom face of the gear recess 330 facing the one axial Da1.
  • a guide member 410 is accommodated in the gear recess 330 .
  • the metal fittings 520, 530 are ring-shaped surrounding the central axis CA.
  • the spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the fittings 520 and 530 .
  • the radially inner ends of fittings 520 and 530 are accommodated in grooves 2220 and 2230 of spool shaft portion 220, respectively. This makes it possible to easily attach the metal fittings 520 and 530 to the spool shaft portion 220 .
  • the metal fitting 520 is arranged on the other side Da2 in the axial direction relative to the worm wheel gear 30 and is in contact with the end portion of the worm wheel gear 30 on the other side Da2 in the axial direction.
  • the metal fitting 520 prevents the worm wheel gear 30 and the guide member 410 from moving in the other axial direction Da2.
  • the metal fitting 530 is disposed closer to the one axial direction Da1 than the elastic member 510 and is in contact with the end portion of the elastic member 510 on the one axial direction Da1 side.
  • the metal fitting 530 prevents the elastic member 510 from moving in the one axial direction Da1.
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 restricts rotation of a rotating body such as the spool 20 .
  • the racing module 1000 has the rotation restricting mechanism 40 .
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 includes a guide member 410 and a relative movement section 420 .
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 further includes a support portion 430 .
  • the guide member 410 is accommodated in the gear recess 330 of the worm wheel gear 30 as described above.
  • a plurality of teeth 320 are arranged in the circumferential direction Dr on the radial outer surface of the guide member 410 .
  • Guide member 410 is rotatable about central axis CA together with teeth 320 .
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict the rotation of the worm wheel gear 30 .
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict the rotation angle, the number of rotations, etc. of the worm wheel gear 30 according to the path length along which the guide portion 412 extends, as will be described later.
  • the guide member 410 has a body portion 411 .
  • the body portion 411 is arranged on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 220 and extends radially from the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 220 .
  • the body portion 411 is housed in the gear recess 330 of the worm wheel gear 30 .
  • the body portion 411 is rotatable about the central axis CA together with the spool shaft portion 220 .
  • the body portion 4110 is separate from the spool shaft portion 220 and the worm wheel gear 30 in this embodiment.
  • the body portion 411 may be integrated with at least one of the spool shaft portion 220 and the worm wheel gear 30 .
  • the guide member 410 further has a guide portion 412 .
  • the guide portion 412 extends in the circumferential direction Dr based on the central axis CA extending in the axial direction.
  • the guide portion 412 is arranged on the surface of the body portion 411 . Details of the guide portion 412 will be described later.
  • the relative movement part 420 is relatively movable with respect to the guide member 410 .
  • Relative movement portion 420 is relatively movable along guide portion 412 between one end and the other end of guide portion 412 .
  • the relative movement portion 420 is radially movable according to the relative movement along the guide portion 412 .
  • the relative moving part 420 is arranged away from an axis J parallel to the central axis CA and is rotatable about the axis J.
  • the relative movement portion 420 rotates about the axis J according to the radial position of the guide portion 412 when relatively moving along the guide portion 412 .
  • the relative moving part 420 moves in the radial direction.
  • the means for radially moving the relative moving part 420 is not limited to the above example, and any method can be applied.
  • the relative movement portion 420 rotates relative to the guide member 410 around the central axis CA.
  • the relative movement part 420 is guided by the guide part 412 and relatively moves along the guide part 412 .
  • the relative movement portion 420 cannot move from the other end to the one end along the guide portion 412 .
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict rotation of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 .
  • the support part 430 is attached to the end surface of the bottom plate part 14120 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction, and supports the relative movement part 420 rotatably.
  • the support 430 is rotatable about an axially extending axis J. As shown in FIG. Rotation of the support portion 430 about the J-axis allows the relative movement portion 420 to move about the J-axis in the circumferential direction.
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 further includes a sensor 440 .
  • the sensor 440 detects radial movement of the relative movement portion 420 .
  • the sensor 440 detects the timing of starting and ending movement in the radial direction, and detects the amount of movement of the relative moving portion 420 in the radial direction (for example, the movement distance in the radial direction).
  • a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like can be used as the sensor 440 .
  • the sensor 440 outputs the detection result to a control device built into the racing module 1000 or an external control device. Thereby, the control device can detect the rotation distance (for example, the rotation angle, the number of rotations, etc.) of one of the guide member 410 and the relative moving part 420 .
  • the detection result of the sensor 440 can be used for automatic control of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 according to the rotation distance. Note that this illustration does not exclude a configuration in which the rotation restricting mechanism 40 does not include the sensor 440 . In other words, sensor 440 can be omitted.
  • FIGS. 17A and 17B are plan views showing an example of the guide portion 412.
  • FIG. 17B is a plan view showing another example of the guide portion 412.
  • FIG. 17A is a plan view showing an example of the guide portion 412.
  • FIG. 17B is a plan view showing another example of the guide portion 412.
  • the guide part 412 is arranged on the end surface of the body part 411 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction.
  • the relative moving portion 420 can relatively revolve around the central axis CA with respect to the guide member 410 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction with respect to the guide member 410 .
  • the rotation restriction mechanism 4 can restrict rotation of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 .
  • the guide portion 412 is a concave portion 413 arranged on the end surface of the body portion 411 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction.
  • the recess 413 is recessed in the other axial direction Da2 and extends in the circumferential direction Dr.
  • the relative movement portion 420 is a convex portion 421 extending from the support portion 430 in the one axial direction Da1. At least the tip of the projection 421 fits into the recess 413 .
  • the present invention is not limited to the example shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, and the convex portion 421 may be arranged on the guide portion 412 and the concave portion 413 may be arranged on the relative movement portion 420 . That is, one of the guide portion 4120 and the relative movement portion 420 may be the concave portion 413 . Furthermore, the other of the guide portion 412 and the relative movement portion 420 may be the convex portion 421 that fits into the concave portion 413 . By doing so, the relative movement portion 420 can relatively move along the guide portion 412 due to the fitting structure of the concave portion 413 and the convex portion 421 .
  • the guide member 410 can rotate (for example, rotate) around the central axis CA.
  • the relative moving part 420 may be further capable of rotational movement (for example, revolving) around the central axis CA.
  • the guide member 410 may be non-rotatable.
  • the guide portion 412 has a plurality of circular arc portions 4121 extending in the circumferential direction Dr.
  • Each circular arc portion 4121 is arranged concentrically around the central axis CA.
  • the guide portion 412 further has a plurality of stepped portions 4122 .
  • the step portion 4122 connects circumferential ends of the circular arc portions 4121 adjacent in the radial direction. Of the radially adjacent arc portions 4121, the stepped portion 4122 is positioned on the circumferential one Dr1 side of the radially outer arc portion 4121 and on the circumferential other Dr2 side of the radially inner arc portion 4121. connect the ends of the
  • the relative moving part 420 moves relatively to the guide member 410 without moving in the radial direction when relatively moving along the arc part 4121 .
  • the relative moving portion 420 moves relatively to the guide member 410 while moving in the radial direction.
  • the arc portion 4121 to which the relative moving portion 420 relatively moves next is changed from one of the radially adjacent arc portions 4121 to the other. Relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the arc portion 4121 is smoother than relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 .
  • the operation of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 is smoother. Further, by confirming the relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the step portion 4122, the rotational distance of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 (for example, the distance according to the arrangement of the step portion 4122). Rotation angle, number of rotations, etc.) can be checked.
  • the stepped portion 4122 preferably extends radially inward toward the one circumferential direction Dr1.
  • the stepped portion 4122 may be straight or curved. In this way, relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 can be made smoother than when the stepped portion 4122 extends only in the radial direction.
  • the above illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the step portion 4122 does not extend radially inward toward the one circumferential direction Dr1.
  • step 4122 may extend only in the radial direction.
  • the shape of the guide portion 412 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 17A, and may be a shape that does not extend radially when viewed from the axial direction.
  • the guide portion 412 may have a shape having a single arc portion 4121 and no step portion 4122 .
  • the guide part 412 may have a spiral shape around the central axis CA when viewed from the axial direction.
  • the guide portion 412 extends radially inward toward the one circumferential direction Dr1.
  • a spiral guide portion 412 can be formed at the end portion of the body portion 411 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction. Therefore, the path length between one end and the other end of the guide portion 412 can be made longer compared to a configuration in which the guide portion 412 is not spiral (for example, a configuration having only a single arc portion 4121).
  • the relatively movable portion 420 can move more smoothly along the guide portion 412 than the configuration in which the step portion 4122 is arranged between the plurality of arc portions 4121 (see FIG. 17A).
  • FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a first modification of the rotation restricting mechanism 40.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a second modification of the rotation restricting mechanism 40.
  • FIG. FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing a third modification of the rotation restricting mechanism 40.
  • the guide member 410 has a cylindrical body portion 411 that surrounds the central axis CA and extends in the axial direction.
  • the end portion of the body portion 411 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction is accommodated in the gear recess portion 330 of the worm wheel gear 30 and fixed to the worm wheel gear 30 .
  • the body portion 411 is separate from the worm wheel gear 30, but is not limited to this example, and may be integrated.
  • the guide portion 412 is arranged on the radial end surface of the body portion 411 .
  • the relative movement part 420 is movable in the axial direction.
  • the relative moving part 420 is arranged apart from an axis J extending in a direction perpendicular to the central axis CA, and is rotatable around the axis J. As shown in FIG.
  • the relative movement portion 420 relatively moves along the guide portion 412 , it rotates about the axis J according to the axial position of the guide portion 412 . Thereby, the relative moving part 420 moves in the axial direction.
  • the means for axially moving the relative moving part 420 is not limited to the above example, and any method can be applied.
  • the relative movement portion 420 moves relative to the guide member 410 about the central axis CA on the radially inner side or the radially outer side of the guide member 410 .
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 preferably further includes a sensor 440 .
  • Sensor 440 detects movement of relative movement portion 420 in the axial direction.
  • the sensor 440 detects the start and end timings of movement in the axial direction, and detects the amount of movement of the relative movement section 420 in the axial direction (for example, the movement distance in the axial direction).
  • a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like can be used as the sensor 440 .
  • the sensor 440 outputs the detection result to a control device built into the racing module 1000 or an external control device.
  • the control device can detect the rotation distance (for example, the rotation angle, the number of rotations, etc.) of one of the guide member 410 and the relative moving part 420 . Therefore, the detection result of the sensor 440 can be used for automatic control of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 according to the rotation distance.
  • this illustration does not exclude a configuration in which the rotation restricting mechanism 40 does not include the sensor 440 . In other words, the sensor 440 can be omitted in the first to third modifications.
  • the guide portion 412 is arranged on the radially outer surface of the body portion 411 at the axial one Da1 from the worm wheel gear 30 .
  • the guide portion 412 has a plurality of arc portions 4121 and step portions 4122 .
  • the arc portions 4121 extend in the circumferential direction Dr and are arranged in the axial direction.
  • the step portion 4122 connects the axial ends of the arc portions 4121 adjacent in the axial direction.
  • the arc portion 4121 and the stepped portion 4122 are arranged on the radial outer surface of the body portion 411 .
  • the stepped portion 4122 is formed between the end portion of the arc portion 4121 on the one axial Da1 side of the arc portions 4121 adjacent in the axial direction and the end portion on the one Dr1 side in the circumferential direction, and the arc portion 4121 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction. and the end portion on the side of the other Dr2 in the circumferential direction.
  • the support portion 430 is arranged radially outward of the body portion 411 .
  • the relative movement portion 420 protrudes radially inward from the support portion 430 .
  • a distal end portion (that is, a radially inner end portion) of the relative moving portion 420 is accommodated in the guide portion 412 .
  • the relative movement part 420 moves relatively to the guide member 410 without moving in the axial direction when relatively moving along the arc part 4121 .
  • the relative moving portion 420 moves relative to the guide member 410 while moving in the axial direction.
  • the arc portion 4121 to which the relative moving portion 420 relatively moves next is changed from one of the arc portions 4121 adjacent in the axial direction to the other. Relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the arc portion 4121 is smoother than relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 .
  • the operation of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 is smoother. Further, as will be described later, by confirming the relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the step portion 4122, the rotation distance of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 (for example, the step portion 4122 You can check the rotation angle, number of rotations, etc.) according to the arrangement of
  • the stepped portion 4122 extends in the other axial direction Da2 toward the one circumferential direction Dr1.
  • the stepped portion 4122 may extend linearly or curvilinearly on the radially outer surface of the body portion 411 .
  • relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 can be made smoother than when the stepped portion 41220 extends only in the axial direction.
  • the above-mentioned illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the step portion 4122 does not extend in the other axial direction Da2 as it goes in the one circumferential direction Dr1.
  • step 4122 may extend only in the axial direction.
  • the guide portion 412 extends in the other axial direction Da2 toward the one circumferential direction Dr1.
  • the second modification is the same as the first modification except for this.
  • a spiral guide portion 412 extending in the axial direction can be formed on the radial side surface of the body portion 411 . Therefore, the length of the path between one end and the other end of the guide portion 412 can be made longer compared to a configuration in which the guide portion 412 is not helical (for example, a configuration having only a single arc portion 4121).
  • the relative movement portion 420 can move more smoothly along the guide portion 412 than in the configuration in which the step portions 4122 are arranged between the arc portions 4121 (see FIG. 18, for example).
  • the guide portion 412 is arranged on the radial inner surface of the body portion 411 .
  • the support portion 430 is arranged radially inward of the body portion 411 .
  • the relative movement portion 420 protrudes radially outward from the support portion 430 .
  • a distal end portion (that is, a radially outer end portion) of the relative moving portion 420 is accommodated in the guide portion 412 .
  • the guide portion 412 has a plurality of arc portions 4121 and a stepped portion 4122, as in the first modified example.
  • the guide portion 412 arranged on the radial inner surface of the body portion 411 is not limited to the example of FIG. On the other hand, it may have a shape extending to Da2.
  • the shape of the guide part 412 is a spiral shape centering on the central axis CA in FIGS. 18 to 20, it is not limited to these examples.
  • the guide portion 412 may have a shape that extends in the circumferential direction Dr but does not extend in the axial direction. That is, the guide portion 412 may have a shape having, for example, a single arc portion 4121 .
  • the body portion 411 of the guide member 410 is fixed to at least one of the spool shaft portion 220 and the worm wheel gear 30. Therefore, the guide member 410 can rotate about the central axis CA together with the worm wheel gear 30 .
  • support portion 430 that supports relative movement portion 420 is attached to first casing 1410, for example. Therefore, the relative moving part 420 does not rotate about the central axis CA.
  • the relative moving part 420 may be configured to be rotatable around the central axis CA. Further, the guide member 410 may be configured so as not to rotate about the central axis CA.
  • support 430 may be fixed to spool shaft 220 and/or worm wheel gear 30 .
  • the body portion 411 may be attached to the first casing 1410 .
  • the spool shaft portion 220 can rotate about the central axis CA together with either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 .
  • the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict the rotational distance of either the guide member 410 or the relative moving portion 420 .
  • the racing module 1000 can regulate the rotation angle, number of rotations, etc. of the worm wheel gear 30 . Therefore, the racing module 1000 can easily regulate the range in which the body 210 of the spool 20 winds the string S and the range in which the string S is unwound.
  • the concave portion 413 is arranged in the guide portion 412 and the convex portion 421 is arranged in the relative movement portion 420 .
  • the present invention is not limited to the examples shown in FIGS. 18 to 20 , and the convex portion 421 may be arranged on the guide portion 412 and the concave portion 413 may be arranged on the relative movement portion 420 .
  • the present invention has the following configurations. (1) a guide member having a guide portion extending in the circumferential direction with reference to the central axis extending in the axial direction; a relative moving part that is relatively movable with respect to the guide member; with The rotation restricting mechanism, wherein the relative movement portion is relatively movable along the guide portion between one end and the other end of the guide portion. (2) one of the guide portion and the relative movement portion is a recess; The rotation restricting mechanism according to (1), wherein the other of the guide portion and the relative movement portion is a protrusion that fits into the recess.
  • the guide member further has a body portion;
  • the guide portion extends radially inward toward one side in the circumferential direction;
  • the guide section a plurality of circular arc portions extending in the circumferential direction; a stepped portion connecting circumferential ends of the circular arc portions adjacent to each other in the radial direction; has Each of the arc portions is arranged concentrically around the central axis, The stepped portion connects one circumferential end of the radially outer arc portion and the other circumferential end of the radially inner arc portion of the radially adjacent arc portions. death, The rotation restriction mechanism according to (3), wherein the relative movement portion is radially movable. (6) The rotation restricting mechanism according to (5), wherein the stepped portion extends radially inward toward one side in the circumferential direction.
  • the rotation restricting mechanism according to any one of (4) to (6), further comprising a sensor that detects radial movement of the relatively moving portion.
  • the guide member further has a cylindrical body portion extending in the axial direction;
  • the guide portion extends in the other axial direction toward the one circumferential direction;
  • the guide section a plurality of circular arc portions extending in the circumferential direction and arranged in the axial direction; a stepped portion connecting axial ends of the arc portions adjacent in the axial direction; has The stepped portion connects one circumferential end of the arc portion on one axial side and the other circumferential end of the arc portion on the other axial side among the arc portions adjacent in the axial direction,
  • the rotation restriction mechanism according to (8), wherein the relative movement portion is axially movable.
  • the rotation restricting mechanism according to any one of (9) to (11), further comprising a sensor that detects axial movement of the relative movement portion.
  • a plurality of teeth arranged in a circumferential direction are arranged on the radial outer surface of the guide member;
  • the rotation restriction mechanism according to any one of (1) to (12), wherein the guide member is rotatable about the central axis together with the plurality of teeth.
  • the rotation restricting mechanism according to any one of (1) to (13); a spool having a body on which a string can be wound and a spool shaft extending in the axial direction; a worm gear rotatable with the shaft of the motor; a worm wheel gear meshing with the worm gear; with The spool shaft is rotatable about the central axis together with the body and the worm wheel gear; A racing module that is rotatable about the central axis together with either the guide member or the relative movement portion of the rotation restricting mechanism.
  • the present invention is useful for a module that winds a string, releases a wound string, a module that tightens or loosens a string, and the like.
  • Top surface portion 1511 Flange portion 152 ... Outer wall portions 152a, 152b ... Drawer port 153 ... Inner wall portions 1531a, 1531b ... Guide Wall portion 154 ... Convex portion 155 ... Extension member 156 ... Claw portion 157 ... Hook portions 2, 20 ... Spools 21, 210 ... Body portions 22, 220 ... Spool shaft portions 2220, 2230 ... groove part 221 ... first plane part 222, 2210 ... contact surface part 223 ... upper groove part 224 ... lower groove part, 3... Rotation drive parts 30, 31... Worm wheel gear 310... Gear through holes 311, 320... Teeth 32, 330... Gear concave part 33... Central concave part 34...
  • First Gear through-hole 35 ... Recess 36 ... Intermittent gear 361 ... First tooth 4 ... Clutch gear 40 ... Rotation restricting mechanism 41 ... Second gear through-hole 410 ... Guide member 411 . , 421... Convex part 430... Support part 44... Cylinder part 440... Sensor part 441... Groove part 5... Operation part 51... Connection member 52...
  • Operation member 520, 530 Metal fittings 521, 5110: Openings 510, 522: Elastic member 53: Linear member 6: Regulating portion 7: Supporting member 8: Limiting gear 81: Second tooth 82 First limit tooth 83 Second limit tooth J1 Rotary axis J2 Gear axis Ax Motor rotary axis CA Center axis Dr Circumferential direction Dr1 ⁇ One circumferential direction Dr2 ⁇ The other circumferential direction S ⁇ String

Abstract

The casing of this racing module accomnodates at least some of a spool shaft and accommodates a rotary drive unit. The top surface of a lid accommodating a body portion around which a cord can be wound expands in a direction that intersects with the vertical direction. An inner wall extends downward from the top surface and surrounds the body portion when viewed in the vertical direction. An outer wall extends downward from the outer edge of the top surface and is disposed radially outward from the inner wall. An outlet passes through the outer wall. The inner wall has a pair of guide walls facing each other across the body portion. Each of the guide walls extends at least toward the outlet and is connected to the edge of the outlet. The gap between the pair of guide walls in the facing direction becomes narrower from the axis of rotation toward the outlet.

Description

レーシングモジュール、回転規制機構Racing module, rotation control mechanism
 本発明は、レーシングモジュール、回転規制機構に関する。 The present invention relates to racing modules and rotation control mechanisms.
 従来、スプールに巻き付けた靴紐などを締め付けたり緩めたりできるレーシングユニットが知られている。スプールを駆動するレーシングエンジンは、ウォーム駆動部、ウォームギヤ、及びギヤモータあるいは、ジェネバホイールを含み得る。ギヤモータは、ウォーム駆動部を介してウォームギヤを回転させる。ウォームギヤは、ウォーム駆動部及びギヤモータの逆転駆動を阻止するように設計されている。ウォームギヤは、スプール軸と連結され、スプールを回転させて、紐の巻取りを行う。また、ジェネバホイールの停止歯の隣のスロットがウォームギヤのインデックス歯に係合するとき、レーシングエンジンの駆動機構は失速する(たとえば特表2019-509817号公報参照)。 Conventionally, a lacing unit that can tighten and loosen shoelaces wrapped around a spool is known. A racing engine that drives the spool may include a worm drive, a worm gear and a gear motor or a geneva wheel. A gear motor rotates a worm gear through a worm drive. The worm gear is designed to prevent reverse driving of the worm drive and gear motor. The worm gear is connected to the spool shaft and rotates the spool to wind the string. Also, when the slot next to the stop tooth of the geneva wheel engages the index tooth of the worm gear, the drive mechanism of the racing engine stalls (see, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-509817).
特表2019-509817号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-509817
 特表2019-509817号公報のレーシングエンジンでは、レースケーブルが巻き重ねられるスプール中間部、ウォーム駆動部、ウォームギヤ、及びギヤモータは、同じハウジング構造体に収容される。そのため、ハウジング構造体内に、スプール中間部を収容し且つレースケーブルを引き出すスペースを十分に確保し難い。また、このスペースを確保すると、ハウジング構造体内での他の部材の配置スペースが圧迫される。そのため、レーシングエンジンを自由に設計することが難しい。
 また、ギヤモータの駆動にみによってスプールを回転させる場合、ギヤモータの故障時などの緊急時に紐を直ちに緩められなくなる虞がある。
さらに、ジェネバホイールとインデックス歯の位置関係のずれ,ジェネバホイール形状の製造誤差などにより、ジェネバホイールとインデックス歯とのかみ合わせにずれが生じる場合がある。これにより、スプールの回転が意図せず停止する虞がある。すなわち、ジェネバ機構を正常に動作させるためには、実装する際の高い精度が要求される。そのため、スプールの回転を規制する新たな機構が求められる。
In the racing engine disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-509817, the spool intermediate portion around which the race cable is wound, the worm driving portion, the worm gear, and the gear motor are accommodated in the same housing structure. Therefore, it is difficult to secure a sufficient space in the housing structure for accommodating the spool intermediate portion and drawing out the race cable. In addition, if this space is secured, the arrangement space for other members within the housing structure will be squeezed. Therefore, it is difficult to freely design a racing engine.
Further, when the spool is rotated only by driving the gear motor, there is a possibility that the string cannot be loosened immediately in an emergency such as when the gear motor fails.
Furthermore, there are cases where the engagement between the geneva wheel and the index teeth is deviated due to deviations in the positional relationship between the geneva wheel and the index teeth, manufacturing errors in the shape of the geneva wheel, and the like. This may cause the spool to stop rotating unintentionally. That is, in order to operate the Geneva mechanism normally, high precision is required in mounting. Therefore, a new mechanism for restricting the rotation of the spool is required.
 本発明は、スプールの胴部を収容し且つ紐を引き出すスペースを十分に確保しながら、胴部に巻かれた紐を手動で胴部から解くことができ、回転体の回転を規制する新たな技術を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention is a new type of reel that allows the string wound around the body to be manually unwound from the body while securing a sufficient space for accommodating the body of the spool and drawing out the string, thereby restricting the rotation of the rotating body. The purpose is to provide technology.
 課題を解決するための第1発明の例示的なレーシングモジュールは、スプールと、回転駆動部と、ケーシングと、蓋部と、を備える。前記スプールは、胴部と、スプール軸部と、を有する。前記胴部には、紐を巻き付け可能である。前記スプール軸部は、上下方向に延びる回転軸に沿って延びる。前記回転駆動部は、前記回転軸を中心として前記スプールを回転させる。前記ケーシングは、前記スプール軸部の少なくとも一部、及び、前記回転駆動部を収容する。前記蓋部は、前記胴部を収容する。前記蓋部は、天面部と、内壁部と、外壁部と、引出口と、を有する。前記天面部は、上下方向と交差する方向に広がる。前記内壁部は、前記天面部から下方に延び、上下方向から見て前記胴部を囲む。前記外壁部は、前記天面部の外縁部から下方に延び、前記内壁部よりも径方向外方に配置される。前記引出口は、前記外壁部を貫通する。前記内壁部は、一対のガイド壁部を有する。一対の前記ガイド壁部は、前記胴部を挟んで互いに対向する。各々の前記ガイド壁部は、少なくとも前記引出口に向かって延び、前記引出口の縁部に接続される。対向方向における一対の前記ガイド壁部間の間隔は、前記回転軸から前記引出口に向かうにつれて狭くなる。
 課題を解決するための第2発明の例示的なレーシングモジュールは、スプールと、回転駆動部と、クラッチギヤと、操作部と、を備える。前記スプールは、胴部と、スプール軸部と、を有する。前記胴部には、紐を巻き付け可能である。前記スプール軸部は、上下方向に延びる回転軸に沿って延びる。前記回転駆動部は、前記回転軸を中心として回転可能である。前記クラッチギヤは、前記回転駆動部と連結可能である。前記操作部は、ユーザが外部から操作可能である。前記スプール軸部は、前記胴部及び前記クラッチギヤとともに、前記回転軸を中心にして回転可能である。前記操作部は、前記ユーザの操作に応じて、前記回転駆動部に対する前記クラッチギヤの連結を解除する。
 課題を解決するための第3発明の例示的な回転規制機構は、ガイド部材と、相対移動部と、を備える。前記ガイド部材は、案内部を有する。前記案内部は、軸方向に延びる中心軸を基準とする周方向に延びる。前記相対移動部は、前記ガイド部材に対して相対的に移動可能である。前記相対移動部は、前記案内部の一方端と他方端との間において、前記案内部に沿って相対的に移動可能である。また、本発明の例示的なレーシングモジュールは、上記の回転規制機構と、スプールと、ウォームギヤと、ウォームホイールギヤと、を備える。前記スプールは、胴部と、スプール軸部と、を有する。前記胴部には、紐を巻き付け可能である。前記スプール軸部は、軸方向に延びる。前記ウォームギヤは、モータのシャフトとともに回転可能である。前記ウォームホイールギヤは、前記ウォームギヤと噛み合う。前記スプール軸部は、前記胴部及び前記ウォームホイールギヤとともに、前記中心軸を中心にして回転可能である。前記スプール軸部は、前記回転規制機構の前記ガイド部材及び前記相対移動部のどちらかとともに、前記中心軸を中心にして回転可能である。
An exemplary lacing module of the first invention for solving the problem includes a spool, a rotary drive section, a casing, and a lid section. The spool has a body and a spool shaft. A string can be wound around the trunk. The spool shaft portion extends along a rotating shaft extending in the vertical direction. The rotation drive section rotates the spool around the rotation shaft. The casing accommodates at least part of the spool shaft and the rotary drive section. The lid portion accommodates the trunk portion. The lid portion has a top surface portion, an inner wall portion, an outer wall portion, and an outlet. The top surface portion extends in a direction intersecting the vertical direction. The inner wall portion extends downward from the top surface portion and surrounds the trunk portion when viewed from above and below. The outer wall portion extends downward from the outer edge portion of the top surface portion and is arranged radially outward of the inner wall portion. The outlet penetrates through the outer wall. The inner wall has a pair of guide walls. A pair of said guide wall part opposes mutually on both sides of the said trunk|drum. Each said guide wall extends at least towards said outlet and is connected to an edge of said outlet. The distance between the pair of guide walls in the facing direction becomes narrower from the rotating shaft toward the outlet.
An exemplary racing module of a second invention for solving the problem comprises a spool, a rotary drive section, a clutch gear, and an operating section. The spool has a body and a spool shaft. A string can be wound around the trunk. The spool shaft portion extends along a rotating shaft extending in the vertical direction. The rotary drive unit is rotatable about the rotation shaft. The clutch gear is connectable with the rotary drive unit. The operation unit can be operated externally by a user. The spool shaft portion is rotatable about the rotation shaft together with the body portion and the clutch gear. The operation unit disconnects the clutch gear from the rotary drive unit according to the user's operation.
An exemplary rotation restricting mechanism of a third aspect of the invention for solving the problem includes a guide member and a relative movement section. The guide member has a guide portion. The guide portion extends in the circumferential direction with reference to the central axis extending in the axial direction. The relative movement part is relatively movable with respect to the guide member. The relatively movable portion is relatively movable along the guide portion between one end and the other end of the guide portion. Also, an exemplary racing module of the present invention includes the above-described rotation restricting mechanism, spool, worm gear, and worm wheel gear. The spool has a body and a spool shaft. A string can be wound around the trunk. The spool shaft extends axially. The worm gear is rotatable with the shaft of the motor. The worm wheel gear meshes with the worm gear. The spool shaft is rotatable about the central axis together with the body and the worm wheel gear. The spool shaft portion is rotatable about the central axis together with either the guide member or the relative movement portion of the rotation restricting mechanism.
 本発明の例示的なレーシングモジュールによれば、スプールの胴部を収容し且つ紐を引き出すスペースを十分に確保することができ、胴部に巻かれた紐を手動で胴部から解くことができるレーシングモジュールを提供することができ、さらに、本発明の例示的な回転規制機構、レーシングモジュールによれば、回転体の回転を規制する新たな技術を提供することができる。 The exemplary lacing module of the present invention provides sufficient space to accommodate the body of the spool and pull out the string so that the string wound on the body can be manually unwound from the body. A racing module can be provided, and furthermore, according to the exemplary rotation restricting mechanism, the racing module, of the present invention, a new technology for restricting the rotation of a rotating body can be provided.
図1は、第1及び、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係るレーシングモジュールの構成を示す断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a racing module according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions. 図2は、第1及び、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係るレーシングモジュールの概略的な構成を示す斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a racing module according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions. 図3は、レーシングモジュールの用途の一例を示す図である。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the application of the racing module. 図4は、第1発明の例示的な実施形態に係るケーシングの斜視図である。4 is a perspective view of a casing according to an exemplary embodiment of the first invention; FIG. 図5は、第1発明の例示的な実施形態に係る蓋部を下方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a bottom perspective view of the lid according to the exemplary embodiment of the first invention. 図6は、第1及び、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係るスプールに回転駆動部及びクラッチギヤなどが取り付けられたスプール組立体の斜視図である。FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a spool assembly in which a rotary drive unit, a clutch gear, etc. are attached to a spool according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions. 図7は、第1及び、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係るスプール組立体の分解斜視図である。FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of a spool assembly according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions. 図8は、第1及び、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係るクラッチギヤの上面図である。断面図である。FIG. 8 is a top view of clutch gears according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions. It is a sectional view. 図9は、第1及び、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係る各々のギヤの噛み合いを示す斜視図である。FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing meshing of gears according to exemplary embodiments of the first and second inventions. 図10Aは、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係る径方向から見た凹部に対する凸部の嵌め合いの一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of fitting of a convex portion to a concave portion viewed from the radial direction according to an exemplary embodiment of the second invention. 図10Bは、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係る径方向から見た凹部に対する凸部の嵌め合いの他の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view showing another example of fitting of a convex portion to a concave portion viewed from the radial direction according to the exemplary embodiment of the second invention. 図11は、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係る第1変形例に係る作動部材の構成例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an operating member according to a first modified example of the exemplary embodiment of the second invention. 図12は、第2発明の例示的な実施形態に係る第2変形例に係る操作部の構成例を示す断面図である。FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an operating section according to a second modification of the exemplary embodiment of the second invention. 図13は、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係るレーシングモジュールの構成例を示す断面図である。FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a racing module according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention. 図14は、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係るレーシングモジュールの概略的な構成例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration example of a racing module according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention. 図15は、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係るスプール組立体の斜視図である。15 is a perspective view of a spool assembly according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention; FIG. 図16は、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係るスプール組立体の分解斜視図である。FIG. 16 is an exploded perspective view of a spool assembly according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention; 図17Aは、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係る案内部の一例を示す平面図である。FIG. 17A is a plan view showing an example of a guide portion according to an exemplary embodiment of the third invention; 図17Bは、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係る案内部の他の一例を示す平面図である。17B is a plan view showing another example of the guide part according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention. FIG. 図18は、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係る回転規制機構の第1変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a first modification of the rotation restricting mechanism according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention. 図19は、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係る回転規制機構の第2変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a second modification of the rotation restricting mechanism according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention. 図20は、第3発明の例示的な実施例に係る回転規制機構の第3変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing a third modification of the rotation restricting mechanism according to the exemplary embodiment of the third invention.
 以下に図面を参照して第1発明の例示的な実施形態を説明する。 An exemplary embodiment of the first invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
 なお、本明細書では、レーシングモジュール100において後述するスプール2の回転軸J1が延びる方向を「上下方向」と呼ぶ。上下方向のうち、後述する底板部141から蓋部15への向きを「上方Du」と呼び、蓋部15から底板部141への向きを「下方Dd」と呼ぶ。各々の構成要素において、上方Duにおける端部を「上端部」と呼び、下方Ddにおける端部を「下端部」と呼ぶ。また、各々の構成要素の表面において、上方Duを向く面を「上面」と呼び、下方Ddを向く面を「下面」と呼ぶ。 In this specification, the direction in which the rotation axis J1 of the spool 2 (to be described later) extends in the racing module 100 is referred to as the "vertical direction". Among the vertical directions, the direction from the bottom plate portion 141 to the lid portion 15, which will be described later, is called “upper Du”, and the direction from the lid portion 15 to the bottom plate portion 141 is called “downward Dd”. In each component, the end at the upper Du is called the "upper end", and the end at the lower Dd is called the "lower end". Moreover, in the surface of each component, the surface facing upward Du is called "upper surface", and the surface facing downward Dd is called "lower surface".
 また、所定の軸と垂直な方向を「径方向」と呼ぶ。径方向のうち、軸へと近づく向きを「径方向内方」と呼び、軸から離れる向きを「径方向外方」と呼ぶ。各々の構成要素において、径方向内方における端部を「径方向内端部」と呼び、径方向外方における端部を「径方向外端部」と呼ぶ。また、各々の構成要素の側面において、径方向内方を向く側面を「径方向内側面」と呼び、径方向外方を向く側面を「径方向外側面」と呼ぶ。 Also, the direction perpendicular to the predetermined axis is called the "radial direction". In the radial direction, the direction toward the axis is called "radially inward", and the direction away from the axis is called "radial outward". In each component, the radially inner end is referred to as the "radial inner end" and the radially outer end is referred to as the "radial outer end". In addition, among the side surfaces of each component, the side surface facing radially inward is referred to as the "radial inner surface", and the side surface facing radially outward is referred to as the "radial outer surface".
 また、所定の軸を中心とする回転方向を「周方向」と呼ぶ。各々の構成要素において、周方向における端部を「周方向端部」と呼ぶ。また、周方向のうちの一方の向きを「周方向一方」と呼び、他方の向きを「周方向他方」と呼ぶ。 Also, the direction of rotation about a predetermined axis is called the "circumferential direction". In each component, the end portion in the circumferential direction is called a "circumferential end portion". One of the circumferential directions is called "one circumferential direction", and the other direction is called "the other circumferential direction".
 また、本明細書において、「環状」は、所定の軸を中心とする周方向の全域に渡って切れ目の無く連続的に一繋がりとなる形状のほか、所定の軸を中心とする全域の一部に1以上の切れ目を有する形状を含む。また、所定の軸を中心として、この軸と交差する曲面において閉曲線を描く形状も含む。 In addition, in this specification, "annular" means a shape that is continuously connected without a break over the entire circumferential direction centered on a predetermined axis, or a shape that is continuous throughout the entire area centered on a predetermined axis. Includes shapes with one or more cuts in the part. It also includes a shape that draws a closed curve on a curved surface that intersects with a predetermined axis as the center.
 また、方位、線、及び面のうちのいずれかと他のいずれかとの位置関係において、「平行」は、両者がどこまで延長しても全く交わらない状態のみならず、実質的に平行である状態を含む。また、「垂直」はそれぞれ、両者が互いに90度で交わる状態のみならず、実質的に垂直である状態を含む。つまり、「平行」及び「垂直」はそれぞれ、両者の位置関係に本発明の主旨を逸脱しない程度の角度ずれがある状態を含む。 In addition, in terms of the positional relationship between any one of azimuth, line, and plane and any other, "parallel" means not only a state in which they do not intersect at all no matter how far they are extended, but also a state in which they are substantially parallel. include. Also, "perpendicular" respectively includes not only the state in which the two intersect each other at 90 degrees, but also the state in which they are substantially perpendicular. In other words, "parallel" and "perpendicular" each include a state in which there is an angular deviation in the positional relationship between the two without departing from the gist of the present invention.
 なお、これらは単に説明のために用いられる名称であって、実際の位置関係、方向、及び名称などを限定する意図はない。 It should be noted that these names are merely used for explanation, and are not intended to limit the actual positional relationships, directions, names, etc.
<1.レーシングモジュール100>
 図1は、実施形態に係るレーシングモジュール100の構成を示す断面図である。図2は、レーシングモジュール100の概略的な構成を示す斜視図である。図3は、レーシングモジュール100の用途の一例を示す図である。なお、図1は、図2の一点鎖線I-Iに沿うレーシングモジュール100の断面を示す。
<1. Racing module 100>
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a racing module 100 according to an embodiment. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the racing module 100. As shown in FIG. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of application of the racing module 100. As shown in FIG. 1 shows a cross section of the racing module 100 along the dashed-dotted line II in FIG.
 レーシングモジュール100は、電動で後述するスプール2に紐Sを巻き付けたり、電動又は手動でスプール2から解放したりすることができる。本実施形態では図3に示すように、レーシングモジュール100は、運動靴などの履物200に装着され、履物200の靴紐(つまり紐S)を締め付けたり、緩めたりすることができる。なお、レーシングモジュール100は、この例示に限定されない。たとえば、レーシングモジュール100は、紐Sの巻き取り、開放、締め付け、緩めなどを行う物品に搭載可能である。たとえば、レーシングモジュール100は、取出口を紐Sの締め付けにより閉じるリュックサックなどの荷袋、紐Sの締め付けにより装着されるギプスなどの固定具にも使用できる。 The lacing module 100 can electrically wind the string S around the spool 2, which will be described later, and release it from the spool 2 electrically or manually. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 , the lacing module 100 is attached to footwear 200 such as athletic shoes, and can tighten or loosen the shoelace (that is, the lace S) of the footwear 200 . Note that the racing module 100 is not limited to this illustration. For example, the lacing module 100 can be mounted on an article for winding, releasing, tightening, loosening, etc. the string S. For example, the lacing module 100 can also be used as a luggage bag such as a rucksack whose outlet is closed by tightening the string S, or as a fixture such as a cast that is attached by tightening the string S.
 レーシングモジュール100は、モータ11と、ウォームギヤ12と、バッテリー13と、ケーシング14と、スプール2と、回転駆動部3と、クラッチギヤ4と、操作部5と、規制部6と、支持部材7と、制限歯車8と、を備える。回転駆動部3は、ウォームギヤ12と噛み合うウォームホイールギヤ31を有する。また、スプール2、回転駆動部3、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、規制部6、及び支持部材7は、スプール組立体(後述する図6及び図7参照)を構成する。図4と5 The racing module 100 includes a motor 11, a worm gear 12, a battery 13, a casing 14, a spool 2, a rotary drive section 3, a clutch gear 4, an operation section 5, a regulation section 6, and a support member 7. , and a limit gear 8 . The rotary drive unit 3 has a worm wheel gear 31 that meshes with the worm gear 12 . Also, the spool 2, the rotary drive section 3, the clutch gear 4, the operation section 5, the regulation section 6, and the support member 7 constitute a spool assembly (see FIGS. 6 and 7, which will be described later). Figures 4 and 5
 <1-1.モータ11>
 モータ11は、バッテリー13と電気的に接続される。モータ11のシャフト111は、バッテリー13から供給される電流により、モータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向一方又は周方向他方に回転する。
<1-1. motor 11>
Motor 11 is electrically connected to battery 13 . A shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction or the other circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax by current supplied from the battery 13 .
 <1-2.ウォームギヤ12>
 ウォームギヤ12は、モータ回転軸Axに沿って延び、モータ11のシャフト111と連結される。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、ウォームギヤ12を備える。ウォームギヤ12は、モータ11のシャフト111とともに回転可能である。モータ11のトルクはウォームギヤ12を介してウォームホイールギヤ31に伝達される。後述するように、凸部43が凹部35に嵌ることによって、ウォームホイールギヤ31にクラッチギヤ4を連結できる。
<1-2. Worm gear 12>
The worm gear 12 extends along the motor rotation axis Ax and is connected with the shaft 111 of the motor 11 . As previously mentioned, lacing module 100 includes worm gear 12 . Worm gear 12 is rotatable together with shaft 111 of motor 11 . Torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the worm wheel gear 31 via the worm gear 12 . As will be described later, the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the worm wheel gear 31 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
 ウォームギヤ12は、回転駆動部3を介してスプール2の後述するスプール軸部22と連結される。モータ11の駆動により、ウォームギヤ12が、モータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向に回転する。スプール2は、ウォームギヤ12の回転に連動し、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に回転する。たとえば、モータ11のシャフト111がモータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向一方に回転すると、スプール2が回転軸J1を中心とする周方向一方に回転し、これにより紐Sはスプール2に巻き取られる。一方、モータ11のシャフト111がモータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向他方に回転すると、スプール2が回転軸J1を中心とする周方向他方に逆回転し、これにより紐Sは巻き戻されてスプール2から開放される。 The worm gear 12 is connected to a later-described spool shaft portion 22 of the spool 2 via the rotary drive portion 3 . By driving the motor 11, the worm gear 12 rotates in the circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax. The spool 2 is interlocked with the rotation of the worm gear 12 and rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. For example, when the shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction about the motor rotation axis Ax, the spool 2 rotates in one circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. be done. On the other hand, when the shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in the other circumferential direction about the motor rotation axis Ax, the spool 2 rotates in the other circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1, thereby unwinding the string S. Released from spool 2.
 <1-3.バッテリー13>
 バッテリー13は、モータ11に電力を供給する。バッテリー13は、本実施形態ではリチウムイオン電池などの二次電池である。但し、この例示に限定されず、二次電池に替えて、乾電池などの一次電池が用いられてもよい。
<1-3. Battery 13>
A battery 13 supplies power to the motor 11 . The battery 13 is a secondary battery such as a lithium ion battery in this embodiment. However, it is not limited to this example, and a primary battery such as a dry battery may be used instead of the secondary battery.
 <1-4.ケーシング14>
 次に、図1、図2及び図4を参照して、ケーシング14の構成を説明する。図4は、ケーシング14の斜視図である。
<1-4. casing 14>
Next, the configuration of the casing 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 2 and 4. FIG. FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the casing 14. FIG.
 ケーシング14は、スプール軸部22の少なくとも一部、及び、回転駆動部3を収容する。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、ケーシング14を備える。また、ケーシング14は、モータ11、ウォームギヤ12、バッテリー13、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、規制部6、支持部材7、及び制限歯車8などを内部に収納する。上下方向から見て、ケーシング14は、長方形状である。以下では、上下方向から見たケーシング14の長手方向を「第1方向D1」と呼び、上下方向から見たケーシング14の短手方向を「第2方向D2」と呼ぶ。本実施形態では、上下方向、第1方向D1、及び第2方向D2は、互いに垂直である。 The casing 14 accommodates at least part of the spool shaft portion 22 and the rotary drive portion 3 . As previously mentioned, lacing module 100 includes casing 14 . Further, the casing 14 houses the motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, the clutch gear 4, the operating portion 5, the restricting portion 6, the supporting member 7, the restricting gear 8, and the like. The casing 14 has a rectangular shape when viewed from above and below. Hereinafter, the longitudinal direction of the casing 14 viewed from above and below is referred to as "first direction D1", and the width direction of casing 14 seen from above and below is referred to as "second direction D2". In this embodiment, the vertical direction, the first direction D1, and the second direction D2 are perpendicular to each other.
 ケーシング14は、底板部141と、側板部142と、上板部143と、下板部144と、シール部材145と、を有する。 The casing 14 has a bottom plate portion 141 , a side plate portion 142 , an upper plate portion 143 , a lower plate portion 144 and a sealing member 145 .
  <1-4-1.底板部141及び側板部142>
 底板部141は、回転軸J1と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がる。側板部142は、底板部141の外縁部から上方Duに延びる筒状である。底板部141及び側板部142は、その上端部が開口する箱体を形成する。その内部には、モータ11、ウォームギヤ12、バッテリー13、スプール軸部22の少なくとも一部、回転駆動部3(ウォームホイールギヤ31)、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、規制部6、支持部材7、及び制限歯車8などが収容される。底板部141及び側板部142は、本実施形態では一体であるが、この例示に限定されず、別体であってもよい。
<1-4-1. Bottom plate portion 141 and side plate portion 142>
The bottom plate portion 141 extends in a direction that intersects the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment). The side plate portion 142 has a tubular shape extending upward Du from the outer edge portion of the bottom plate portion 141 . The bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portions 142 form a box whose upper end is open. The motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, at least part of the spool shaft portion 22, the rotary drive portion 3 (worm wheel gear 31), the clutch gear 4, the operation portion 5, the regulation portion 6, the support member 7, and the limit gear 8 and the like are accommodated. The bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portion 142 are integrated in this embodiment, but are not limited to this example, and may be separate.
 底板部141は、受け孔1411と、孔部1412と、を有する。受け孔1411は、底板部141の上面に配置され、下方Ddに凹む。受け孔1411には、スプール軸部22の下端部が収容される。孔部1412は、底板部141を上下方向に貫通する。孔部1412には、後述する線状部材53が挿通される。 The bottom plate portion 141 has a receiving hole 1411 and a hole portion 1412 . The receiving hole 1411 is arranged on the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 and is recessed downward Dd. A lower end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 is accommodated in the receiving hole 1411 . The hole portion 1412 vertically penetrates the bottom plate portion 141 . A linear member 53 , which will be described later, is inserted through the hole 1412 .
  <1-4-2.上板部143>
 上板部143は、回転軸J1と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がり、蓋部15よりも下方Ddに配置される。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、上板部143を有する。上板部143は、側板部142の上端部を覆う。
<1-4-2. Upper plate portion 143>
The upper plate portion 143 spreads in a direction that intersects the rotation axis J<b>1 (radial direction in this embodiment) and is arranged below the lid portion 15 Dd. As described above, the lacing module 100 has the upper plate portion 143 . The upper plate portion 143 covers the upper end portion of the side plate portion 142 .
 上板部143は、開口部1431と、軸部1432と、凹部1433と、片部1434と、を有する。 The upper plate portion 143 has an opening portion 1431 , a shaft portion 1432 , a concave portion 1433 and a piece portion 1434 .
 開口部1431は、上板部143を上下方向に貫通する。ケーシング14は、開口部1431を有する。開口部1431には、後述の如く、スプール軸部22が挿通される。 The opening 1431 vertically penetrates the upper plate portion 143 . Casing 14 has an opening 1431 . The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening 1431 as described later.
 軸部1432は、制限歯車8を回転可能に支持する。軸部1432は、上板部143の下面において、回転軸J1と平行なギヤ軸J2に沿って下方Ddに延びる(図1参照)。軸部1432は、スプール軸部22よりも径方向外方に配置される。 The shaft portion 1432 rotatably supports the limit gear 8. The shaft portion 1432 extends downward Dd along the gear shaft J2 parallel to the rotation axis J1 on the lower surface of the upper plate portion 143 (see FIG. 1). The shaft portion 1432 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 .
 凹部1433は、上板部143の上面において下方Ddに凹む。本実施形態では図4に示すように、4つの凹部1433が、開口部1431の周囲に配置される。好ましくは、上下方向から見て、凹部1433は、回転軸J1に対して、非回転対称に配置される。なお、本実施形態の例示に限定されず、凹部1433は、単数であってもよいし、4以外の複数であってもよい。凹部1433の数は、後述する蓋部15の凸部154の数以上であればよい。また、複数の凹部1433は、回転軸J1に対して回転対称に配置されてもよい。 The recessed portion 1433 is recessed downward Dd on the upper surface of the upper plate portion 143 . In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4, four recesses 1433 are arranged around the opening 1431 . Preferably, the recess 1433 is arranged non-rotationally symmetrical with respect to the rotation axis J1 when viewed in the vertical direction. It should be noted that the number of recesses 1433 may be singular or plural other than four, without being limited to the example of the present embodiment. The number of recesses 1433 may be equal to or greater than the number of protrusions 154 of the lid 15, which will be described later. Also, the plurality of recesses 1433 may be arranged rotationally symmetrically with respect to the rotation axis J1.
 片部1434は、上板部143の外縁部から外方に突出する。本実施形態では、片部1434は、上板部143の第2方向D2の一方側の端部と、上板部143の第2方向D2の他方側の端部と、に配置される。 The piece portion 1434 protrudes outward from the outer edge portion of the upper plate portion 143 . In the present embodiment, the pieces 1434 are arranged at one end of the upper plate portion 143 in the second direction D2 and the other end of the upper plate portion 143 in the second direction D2.
  <1-4-3.下板部144>
 下板部144は、底板部141よりも下方Ddに配置され、回転軸J1と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がる。底板部141は、孔部1441を有する。孔部1441は、下板部144を上下方向に貫通する。孔部1441には、線状部材53が挿通される。
<1-4-3. Lower plate portion 144>
The lower plate portion 144 is arranged below the bottom plate portion 141 Dd and spreads in a direction intersecting with the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment). The bottom plate portion 141 has a hole portion 1441 . The hole portion 1441 vertically penetrates the lower plate portion 144 . The linear member 53 is inserted through the hole 1441 .
  <1-4-4.シール部材145>
 シール部材145は、図1に示すように、底板部141と下板部144との間に配置される。シール部材145は、線状部材53及び孔部1412、1441間の隙間をシールする。レーシングモジュール100は、シール部材145をさらに備える。シール部材145は、シール部材145を上下方向に貫通する孔部(符号省略)を有する。この孔部には、線状部材53が挿通される。孔部の内周面は、線状部材53と隙間なく接する。こうすれば、孔部1412、1441を通じて液体(たとえば水)及び塵埃などがケーシング14内に侵入することを防止できる。
<1-4-4. sealing member 145>
The seal member 145 is arranged between the bottom plate portion 141 and the lower plate portion 144, as shown in FIG. The sealing member 145 seals the gap between the linear member 53 and the holes 1412 and 1441 . The lacing module 100 further comprises a sealing member 145. As shown in FIG. The seal member 145 has a hole portion (reference numeral omitted) penetrating the seal member 145 in the vertical direction. The linear member 53 is inserted through this hole. The inner peripheral surface of the hole is in contact with the linear member 53 without any gap. In this way, it is possible to prevent liquid (such as water) and dust from entering the casing 14 through the holes 1412 and 1441 .
 <1-5.蓋部15>
 次に、図1、図2及び図5を参照して、蓋部15の構成を説明する。図5は、蓋部15を下方Ddから見た斜視図である。
<1-5. lid portion 15>
Next, the configuration of the lid portion 15 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 2 and 5. FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the lid portion 15 viewed from below Dd.
 蓋部15は、下端部が開口する有蓋筒状であり、ケーシング14に取り付けられる。好ましくは、蓋部15は、ケーシング14に対して着脱可能である。こうすれば、胴部21で紐Sのトラブル(絡まり、紐切れなど)が発生した場合、蓋部15をケーシング14から取り外すことで、点検、修理などがし易くなる。但し、この例示は、蓋部15がケーシング14に対して着脱不能に固定される構成を排除しない。 The lid portion 15 has a lidded tubular shape with an open lower end, and is attached to the casing 14 . Preferably, the lid portion 15 is detachable from the casing 14 . In this way, if trouble (tangling, breakage, etc.) of the string S occurs in the trunk section 21, by removing the lid section 15 from the casing 14, inspection and repair can be facilitated. However, this illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the lid portion 15 is non-detachably fixed to the casing 14 .
 蓋部15は、上板部143の上面のうちの開口部1431を含む領域を覆う。蓋部15は、後述する胴部21を収容する。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、蓋部15を備える。 The lid portion 15 covers a region of the upper surface of the upper plate portion 143 including the opening portion 1431 . The lid portion 15 accommodates a body portion 21 which will be described later. As described above, the lacing module 100 has the lid portion 15 .
 蓋部15は、天面部151と、外壁部152と、内壁部153と、凸部154と、延伸部材155と、爪部156と、フック部157と、を有する。 The lid portion 15 has a top surface portion 151 , an outer wall portion 152 , an inner wall portion 153 , a convex portion 154 , an extending member 155 , a claw portion 156 and a hook portion 157 .
  <1-5-1.天面部151>
 天面部151は、上板部143よりも上方Duに配置される。前述の如く、蓋部15は、天面部151を有する。天面部151は、上下方向と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がる。
<1-5-1. top surface portion 151>
The top surface portion 151 is arranged above the upper plate portion 143 Du. As described above, the lid portion 15 has the top portion 151 . The top surface portion 151 extends in a direction that intersects the vertical direction (radial direction in this embodiment).
 天面部151は、フランジ部1511を有する。フランジ部1511は、上下方向から見て外壁部152よりも外側に配置され、上下方向と交差する方向に広がる。本実施形態では、フランジ部1511は、天面部151の第2方向D2における外縁部において、第2方向D2に延びる。 The top surface portion 151 has a flange portion 1511 . The flange portion 1511 is arranged outside the outer wall portion 152 when viewed in the vertical direction and spreads in a direction intersecting the vertical direction. In the present embodiment, the flange portion 1511 extends in the second direction D2 at the outer edge portion of the top surface portion 151 in the second direction D2.
  <1-5-2.外壁部152>
 外壁部152は、天面部151の外縁部から下方Ddに延び、内壁部153よりも径方向外方に配置される。前述の如く、蓋部15は、外壁部152を有する。外壁部152は、引出口152a,152bを有する。言い換えると、蓋部15は、引出口152a,152bを有する。引出口152a,152bは、外壁部152を貫通する。スプール2に巻き付けられた紐Sは、引出口152a,152bを通じて、蓋部15の内部から外部に引き出される。
<1-5-2. outer wall portion 152>
The outer wall portion 152 extends downward Dd from the outer edge portion of the top surface portion 151 and is arranged radially outward of the inner wall portion 153 . As described above, the lid portion 15 has the outer wall portion 152 . The outer wall portion 152 has outlets 152a and 152b. In other words, the lid portion 15 has outlets 152a and 152b. The outlets 152 a and 152 b pass through the outer wall portion 152 . The string S wound around the spool 2 is pulled out from the inside of the lid portion 15 to the outside through the outlets 152a and 152b.
 本実施形態では、引出口152a,152bは、上下方向から見て、胴部21を挟んで互いに対向する位置に配置される。但し、この例示に限定されず、引出口152a,152bは、上下方向から見て、胴部21を挟んで互いに対向しない位置に配置されてもよい。たとえば、上下方向から見て、引出口152a,152bの一方は蓋部15の第1方向D1における端部に配置されてもよく、引出口152a,152bの他方は蓋部15の第2方向D2における端部に配置されてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the outlets 152a and 152b are arranged at positions facing each other with the body portion 21 interposed therebetween when viewed in the vertical direction. However, the outlets 152a and 152b are not limited to this example, and the outlets 152a and 152b may be arranged at positions that are not opposed to each other with the body portion 21 interposed therebetween when viewed from above and below. For example, one of the outlets 152a and 152b may be arranged at the end of the lid portion 15 in the first direction D1 when viewed from the top and bottom direction, and the other of the outlets 152a and 152b may be arranged at the end portion of the lid portion 15 in the second direction D2. may be placed at the end of the
  <1-5-3.内壁部153>
 内壁部153は、天面部151から下方Ddに延び、上下方向から見て胴部21を囲む。前述の如く、蓋部15は、内壁部153を有する。
<1-5-3. inner wall portion 153>
The inner wall portion 153 extends downward Dd from the top surface portion 151 and surrounds the body portion 21 when viewed in the vertical direction. As described above, the lid portion 15 has an inner wall portion 153 .
 内壁部153は、一対のガイド壁部1531a,1531bを有する。一対のガイド壁部1531a,1531bは、胴部21を挟んで互いに対向する。各々のガイド壁部1531a,1531bは、少なくとも引出口152a,152bに向かって延び、引出口152a,152bの縁部に接続される。 The inner wall portion 153 has a pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b. A pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b face each other with the body portion 21 interposed therebetween. Each guide wall portion 1531a, 1531b extends at least toward the outlets 152a, 152b and is connected to the edges of the outlets 152a, 152b.
 一対のガイド壁部1531a,1531bの対向方向における一対のガイド壁部1531a,1531b間の間隔Wgは、回転軸J1から引出口152a,152bに向かうにつれて狭くなる。 A gap Wg between the pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b in the opposing direction of the pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b becomes narrower from the rotation axis J1 toward the outlets 152a and 152b.
 こうすれば、内壁部153により、胴部21を保護できる。また、胴部21に巻き付けられた紐Sは、引出口152a,152bから蓋部15の外部に引き出される。一対のガイド壁部1531a,1531b間にこの紐Sを通すことにより、ガイド壁部1531a,1531bで紐Sを引出口152a,152bに向けてガイドできる。また、対向方向における一対のガイド壁部1531a,1531b間の間隔Wgを回転軸J1から引出口152a,152bに向かうにつれて狭くすることにより、紐Sをスムーズに引き出すことができる。 By doing so, the inner wall portion 153 can protect the trunk portion 21 . Further, the cord S wound around the body portion 21 is pulled out of the lid portion 15 through the pull-out openings 152a and 152b. By passing the string S between the pair of guide walls 1531a and 1531b, the string S can be guided toward the outlets 152a and 152b by the guide walls 1531a and 1531b. Further, the string S can be pulled out smoothly by narrowing the gap Wg between the pair of guide walls 1531a and 1531b in the opposing direction from the rotation axis J1 toward the outlets 152a and 152b.
 また、内壁部153は、胴部21を囲み、一対のガイド壁部1531a,1531bを有する。この内壁部153を蓋部15に設けることにより、内壁部153がケーシング14に設けられる構成と比べて、スプール2の胴部21を収容し且つ紐Sを引き出す十分なスペースをケーシング14内に確保できる。 In addition, the inner wall portion 153 surrounds the body portion 21 and has a pair of guide wall portions 1531a and 1531b. By providing the inner wall portion 153 in the lid portion 15, a sufficient space for accommodating the trunk portion 21 of the spool 2 and drawing out the string S is ensured in the casing 14 compared to the structure in which the inner wall portion 153 is provided in the casing 14. can.
  <1-5-4.凸部154>
 凸部154は、天面部151の下面から下方Ddに突出し、凹部1433に挿通される。本実施形態では、4つの凸部154が、内壁部153に囲まれた空間の周囲に配置される。好ましくは、上下方向から見て、これらの凸部154は、回転軸J1に対して、非回転対称に配置される。なお、本実施形態の例示に限定されず、凸部154は、単数であってもよいし、4以外の複数であってもよい。また、複数の凸部154は、回転軸J1に対して回転対称に配置されてもよい。
<1-5-4. Convex portion 154>
The convex portion 154 protrudes downward Dd from the lower surface of the top surface portion 151 and is inserted into the concave portion 1433 . In this embodiment, four convex portions 154 are arranged around the space surrounded by the inner wall portion 153 . Preferably, these protrusions 154 are arranged in a non-rotational symmetry with respect to the rotation axis J1 when viewed from above and below. It should be noted that the number of protrusions 154 may be singular or plural other than four, without being limited to the example of the present embodiment. Also, the plurality of protrusions 154 may be arranged rotationally symmetrically with respect to the rotation axis J1.
 なお、本実施形態では、凹部1433はケーシング14側に配置され、凸部154は蓋部15側に配置される。但し、この例示に限定されず、凹部1433が蓋部15側に配置されてもよく、凸部154がケーシング14側に配置されてもよい。つまり、ケーシング14及び蓋部15の一方は、上下方向において、ケーシング14及び蓋部15の他方から上記の一方に向かって凹む凹部1433をさらに有すればよい。また、上記の他方は、上記の一方から上記の他方に向かって突出し、凹部1433に挿通される凸部154をさらに有すればよい。こうすれば、レーシングモジュール100を組み立てる際、凸部154を凹部1433に挿通することで、ケーシング14に対する蓋部15の位置決めを容易に実施できる。 Note that, in this embodiment, the recess 1433 is arranged on the casing 14 side, and the protrusion 154 is arranged on the lid section 15 side. However, it is not limited to this illustration, and the concave portion 1433 may be arranged on the lid portion 15 side, and the convex portion 154 may be arranged on the casing 14 side. In other words, one of the casing 14 and the lid 15 may further have a concave portion 1433 recessed from the other of the casing 14 and the lid 15 toward the one in the vertical direction. Moreover, the other of the above may further have a convex portion 154 that protrudes from the one of the above to the other of the above and is inserted into the concave portion 1433 . In this way, when assembling the racing module 100 , by inserting the convex portion 154 into the concave portion 1433 , the lid portion 15 can be easily positioned with respect to the casing 14 .
 また、図5に示すように、凸部154及び凹部1433は、上下方向と垂直な方向において、内壁部153よりも外側に配置される。詳細には、凸部154及び凹部1433は、上下方向から見て、外壁部152と内壁部153との間に配置される。こうすれば、凸部154が胴部21から引出口152a,152bに引き出される紐Sに接触することを防止できる。凸部154及び凹部1433の位置決め構造を配置しても、凸部154が紐Sに干渉することなく、紐Sをスムーズに引き出すことができる。 Also, as shown in FIG. 5, the convex portion 154 and the concave portion 1433 are arranged outside the inner wall portion 153 in the direction perpendicular to the vertical direction. Specifically, the convex portion 154 and the concave portion 1433 are arranged between the outer wall portion 152 and the inner wall portion 153 when viewed in the vertical direction. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the projecting portion 154 from coming into contact with the string S pulled out from the trunk portion 21 to the outlets 152a and 152b. Even if the positioning structure of the protrusion 154 and the recess 1433 is arranged, the string S can be pulled out smoothly without the protrusion 154 interfering with the string S.
  <1-5-5.延伸部材155及び爪部156>
 延伸部材155は、可撓性を有し、天面部151及び外壁部152の少なくともどちらかから下方Ddに延びる。前述の如く、蓋部15は、延伸部材155を有する。本実施形態では、延伸部材155は、フランジ部1511から下方Ddに延びる。こうすれば、上下方向と垂直な方向(図2では第1方向D1)において、延伸部材155を天面部151から外側に離して配置できる。従って、ケーシング14に対する蓋部15の配置をより自由に設計できる。
<1-5-5. Extension member 155 and claw portion 156>
The extending member 155 has flexibility and extends downward Dd from at least one of the top surface portion 151 and the outer wall portion 152 . As mentioned above, lid 15 has extension member 155 . In this embodiment, the extension member 155 extends downward Dd from the flange portion 1511 . In this way, the extending member 155 can be spaced outward from the top surface portion 151 in the direction perpendicular to the vertical direction (the first direction D1 in FIG. 2). Therefore, the arrangement of the lid portion 15 with respect to the casing 14 can be designed more freely.
 爪部156は、延伸部材155の下部に配置され、ケーシング14の一部に引っ掛けられる。前述の如く、蓋部15は、爪部156を有する。こうすれば、延伸部材155及び爪部156で構成されるスナップフィット構造により、簡易な構成で、蓋部15をケーシング14に着脱可能に取り付けることができる。 The claw portion 156 is arranged below the extension member 155 and hooked on a portion of the casing 14 . As described above, the lid portion 15 has the claw portions 156 . With this configuration, the snap-fit structure composed of the extending member 155 and the claw portion 156 allows the lid portion 15 to be detachably attached to the casing 14 with a simple configuration.
 本実施形態では、爪部156は、上板部143の外縁部に引っ掛けられる。こうすれば、爪部156を引っ掛けるための構成部をケーシング14に形成しなくてもよい。従って、より簡易な構成で、蓋部15をケーシング14に取り付けることができる。 In this embodiment, the claw portion 156 is hooked on the outer edge portion of the upper plate portion 143 . By doing so, it is not necessary to form a component on the casing 14 for hooking the claw portion 156 . Therefore, the lid portion 15 can be attached to the casing 14 with a simpler configuration.
 また、延伸部材155及び爪部156で構成されるスナップフィット構造の数は、本実施形態では2つであるが、この例示に限定されず、単数であってもよいし、3以上の複数であってもよい。 In addition, although the number of snap-fit structures composed of the extending members 155 and the claw portions 156 is two in this embodiment, it is not limited to this example, and may be singular or three or more. There may be.
  <1-5-6.フック部157>
 フック部157には、片部1434が引っ掛けられる。この引っ掛け構造により、蓋部15をケーシング14に取り付けることができる。フック部157は、本実施形態では蓋部15の第2方向D2の両側に1つずつ配置される。但し、フック部157の配置及びその数は、この例示に限定されない。
<1-5-6. Hook portion 157>
A piece portion 1434 is hooked on the hook portion 157 . This hook structure allows the lid portion 15 to be attached to the casing 14 . In this embodiment, one hook portion 157 is arranged on each side of the lid portion 15 in the second direction D2. However, the arrangement and number of hook portions 157 are not limited to this example.
 また、本実施形態では、フック部157は蓋部15側に配置され、片部1434はケーシング14側に配置される。但し、この例示に限定されず、少なくとも1つのフック部157はケーシング14側に配置されてもよく、少なくとも1つの片部1434は蓋部15側に配置されてもよい。つまり、蓋部15及びケーシング14の一方は、片部1434を有すればよい。また、蓋部15及びケーシング14の他方は、片部1434が引っ掛けられるフック部157を有すればよい。 Further, in this embodiment, the hook portion 157 is arranged on the lid portion 15 side, and the piece portion 1434 is arranged on the casing 14 side. However, it is not limited to this illustration, and at least one hook portion 157 may be arranged on the casing 14 side, and at least one piece portion 1434 may be arranged on the lid portion 15 side. That is, one of the lid portion 15 and the casing 14 may have the piece portion 1434 . Also, the other of the lid portion 15 and the casing 14 may have the hook portion 157 on which the piece portion 1434 is hooked.
 好ましくは、上下方向から見て、フック部157は、上下方向と垂直な一方向(図2では第1方向D1)において胴部21を挟んで延伸部材155とは反対側に配置される。たとえば、本実施形態では、フック部157は胴部21より第2方向D2の一方側に配置され、延伸部材155は胴部21より第2方向D2の他方側に配置される。これにより、片部1434及びフック部157の引っ掛け構造と上述のスナップフィット構造とによって、スナップフィット構造のみで蓋部15をケーシング14に取り付ける構成よりも確実に、蓋部15をケーシング14に取り付けることができる。 Preferably, when viewed from the vertical direction, the hook portion 157 is arranged on the side opposite to the extension member 155 with the trunk portion 21 interposed in one direction (the first direction D1 in FIG. 2) perpendicular to the vertical direction. For example, in the present embodiment, the hook portion 157 is arranged on one side of the trunk portion 21 in the second direction D2, and the extension member 155 is arranged on the other side of the trunk portion 21 in the second direction D2. As a result, the hooking structure of the piece 1434 and the hook portion 157 and the snap-fit structure described above enable the lid portion 15 to be attached to the casing 14 more reliably than the configuration in which the lid portion 15 is attached to the casing 14 only by the snap-fit structure. can be done.
 また、蓋部15の着脱時には、上述の引っ掛け構造を支点として上述のスナップフィット構造を着脱すればよく、複雑な手順を用いなくてもよい。ただし、より強固に固定することなどを目的として、ケーシング14に対する蓋部15の取り付けには、ネジ等の部材を追加で使用してもよい。 Also, when attaching and detaching the lid portion 15, it is only necessary to attach and detach the above-described snap-fit structure with the above-described hook structure as a fulcrum, and there is no need to use a complicated procedure. However, a member such as a screw may be additionally used to attach the lid portion 15 to the casing 14 for the purpose of fixing it more firmly.
 また、フック部157及び片部1434で構成される引っ掛け構造の数は、本実施形態では2つであるが、この例示に限定されず、単数であってもよいし、3以上の複数であってもよい。 In addition, although the number of hooking structures composed of the hook portion 157 and the piece portion 1434 is two in this embodiment, it is not limited to this example, and may be singular or three or more. may
 また、ケーシング14に対する蓋部15の取り付けには、本実施形態では、上述のスナップフィット構造及び引っ掛け構造の両方が併用される。但し、この例示に限定されず、ケーシング14に対する蓋部15の取り付けには、上述のスナップフィット構造のみが採用されてもよいし、上述の引っ掛け構造のみが採用されてもよい。 Also, in this embodiment, both the above-described snap-fit structure and hook structure are used for attaching the lid portion 15 to the casing 14 . However, the attachment of the lid portion 15 to the casing 14 is not limited to this example, and only the above-described snap-fit structure may be employed, or only the above-described hooking structure may be employed.
 <1-6.スプール組立体>
 次に、図1から図2及び図6から図7を参照して、スプール組立体を説明する。図6は、スプール組立体の斜視図である。図7は、スプール組立体の分解斜視図である。スプール組立体では、スプール2に、回転駆動部3、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、規制部6、及び支持部材7が取り付けられる。
<1-6. Spool assembly>
The spool assembly will now be described with reference to FIGS. 1-2 and 6-7. FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the spool assembly. FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the spool assembly. In the spool assembly, a rotation drive portion 3, a clutch gear 4, an operation portion 5, a regulation portion 6, and a support member 7 are attached to the spool 2. As shown in FIG.
  <1-6-1.スプール2>
 スプール2は、胴部21と、スプール軸部22と、を有する。胴部21には、紐Sを巻き付け可能である。スプール軸部22は、上下方向に延びる回転軸J1に沿って延びる。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、スプール2を備える。
<1-6-1. Spool 2>
The spool 2 has a body portion 21 and a spool shaft portion 22 . A string S can be wound around the trunk portion 21 . The spool shaft portion 22 extends along a rotation axis J1 extending in the vertical direction. As mentioned above, the lacing module 100 comprises the spool 2. As shown in FIG.
  <1-6-1-1.胴部21>
 胴部21は、スプール軸部22の上端部に接続され、スプール軸部22とともに回転可能である。胴部21は、ケーシング14よりも上方Duに配置され、蓋部15の内部に収容される。胴部21の上端部は、天面部151と上下方向に対向する。また、胴部21の下端部は、上板部143と上下方向に対向する。これにより、スプール2の上下方向の移動が抑制される。
<1-6-1-1. body 21>
The trunk portion 21 is connected to the upper end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 and is rotatable together with the spool shaft portion 22 . The body portion 21 is arranged above the casing 14 and is housed inside the lid portion 15 . An upper end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the top surface portion 151 . Also, the lower end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the upper plate portion 143 . As a result, vertical movement of the spool 2 is suppressed.
  <1-6-1-2.スプール軸部22>
 スプール軸部22は、上板部143の開口部1431に挿通され、O-リングなどのガスケット(符号省略)を介して開口部1431に嵌る。これにより、スプール軸部22は、上板部143によって、回転軸J1を中心として回転可能に保持される。スプール軸部22の少なくとも下方Dd側の部分は、ケーシング14に収容される。スプール軸部22は、胴部21及びクラッチギヤ4とともに、回転軸J1を中心にして回転可能である。
<1-6-1-2. Spool shaft portion 22>
The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through an opening 1431 of the upper plate portion 143 and fitted into the opening 1431 via a gasket (reference numerals omitted) such as an O-ring. Thereby, the spool shaft portion 22 is held by the upper plate portion 143 so as to be rotatable about the rotation axis J1. At least the portion on the lower Dd side of the spool shaft portion 22 is housed in the casing 14 . The spool shaft portion 22 is rotatable about the rotation axis J1 together with the body portion 21 and the clutch gear 4 .
 図7に示すように、スプール軸部22は、第1平面部221と、接触面部222と、上溝部223と、下溝部224と、を有する。第1平面部221は、上下方向と平行であり、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置される。接触面部222は、回転駆動部3の上端部と接し、本実施形態では後述する間欠歯車36の上端部に接する。接触面部222は、上下方向と垂直であって、第1平面部221よりも上方Duに配置される。接触面部222は、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置され、本実施形態では第1平面部221の上端部から径方向外方に広がる。上溝部223は、径方向内方に凹んで周方向に延び、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置される。上溝部223は、スプール軸部22の下部において作動部材52よりも上方Duに配置される。下溝部224は、径方向内方に凹んで周方向に延び、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置される。下溝部224は、スプール軸部22の下部において上溝部223及び作動部材52よりも下方Ddに配置される。 As shown in FIG. 7, the spool shaft portion 22 has a first plane portion 221, a contact surface portion 222, an upper groove portion 223, and a lower groove portion 224. The first plane portion 221 is parallel to the vertical direction and arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 . The contact surface portion 222 is in contact with the upper end portion of the rotary drive portion 3, and in the present embodiment, is in contact with the upper end portion of the intermittent gear 36, which will be described later. The contact surface portion 222 is perpendicular to the up-down direction and is arranged above the first plane portion 221 Du. The contact surface portion 222 is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 and extends radially outward from the upper end portion of the first flat portion 221 in this embodiment. The upper groove portion 223 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is disposed on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 . The upper groove portion 223 is arranged above the operating member 52 in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 . The lower groove portion 224 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is disposed on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 . The lower groove portion 224 is arranged in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the upper groove portion 223 and the operating member 52 .
  <1-6-2.回転駆動部3>
 次に、図1から図7を参照して、回転駆動部3を説明する。回転駆動部3は、回転軸J1を中心として回転可能である。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、回転駆動部3を備える。回転駆動部3は、回転軸J1を中心としてスプール2を回転させる。ウォームホイールギヤ31は、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部に配置され、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部から径方向外方に広がる。ウォームホイールギヤ31は、ウォームギヤ12と噛み合う。詳細には、ウォームホイールギヤ31の径方向外端部には、周方向に並んで複数の歯311が配置される。歯311がウォームギヤ12の歯と噛み合うことにより、ウォームホイールギヤ31は、ウォームギヤ12の回転に応じて、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に回転する。
<1-6-2. Rotation drive unit 3>
Next, the rotary drive unit 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7. FIG. The rotary drive unit 3 is rotatable around the rotation axis J1. As described above, the racing module 100 has the rotary drive section 3 . The rotary drive unit 3 rotates the spool 2 around the rotation axis J1. The worm wheel gear 31 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 . The worm wheel gear 31 meshes with the worm gear 12 . Specifically, a plurality of teeth 311 are arranged in a circumferential direction on the radially outer end of the worm wheel gear 31 . The teeth 311 mesh with the teeth of the worm gear 12, so that the worm wheel gear 31 rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1 as the worm gear 12 rotates.
 なお、本実施形態では、ウォームホイールギヤ31及びウォームギヤ12を介して、モータ11のトルクをスプール2に伝達する。但し、この例示に限定されず、トルクの伝達機構には、トルクの伝達のための様々な部材、構造を採用できる。たとえば、トルクは、平歯車、かさ歯車、チェーン及びスプロケットなどを介して伝達されてもよい。また、レーシングモジュール100は、スプール2に伝達するトルクを発生するモータが回転駆動部3に含まれる構成であってもよい。この場合、上述のウォームギヤ12及びウォームホイールギヤ31などは省略できる。たとえば、クラッチギヤ4は、モータ11のロータと連結可能とされてもよい。こうすれば、クラッチギヤ4は、ロータの回転をスプール2に伝達できる。 Note that, in this embodiment, the torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the spool 2 via the worm wheel gear 31 and the worm gear 12 . However, the torque transmission mechanism is not limited to this illustration, and various members and structures for torque transmission can be employed for the torque transmission mechanism. For example, torque may be transmitted through spur gears, bevel gears, chains and sprockets, and the like. Further, the racing module 100 may have a configuration in which the rotation driving section 3 includes a motor that generates torque to be transmitted to the spool 2 . In this case, the worm gear 12 and the worm wheel gear 31 described above can be omitted. For example, clutch gear 4 may be connectable with the rotor of motor 11 . By doing so, the clutch gear 4 can transmit the rotation of the rotor to the spool 2 .
 回転駆動部3は、ギヤ凹部32と、中央凹部33と、第1ギヤ貫通孔34と、凹部35と、間欠歯車36と、をさらに有する。 The rotary drive unit 3 further has a gear recess 32 , a central recess 33 , a first gear through-hole 34 , a recess 35 and an intermittent gear 36 .
 ギヤ凹部32は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の下面に配置され、上方Duに凹む。ギヤ凹部32には、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5の少なくとも上方Du側の部分、及び規制部6などが収容される(図6参照)。これにより、スプール組立体の上下方向サイズを低減できる。 The gear recess 32 is arranged on the lower surface of the worm wheel gear 31 and is recessed upward Du. The gear recess 32 accommodates the clutch gear 4, at least a portion of the operating portion 5 on the upper Du side, the restricting portion 6, and the like (see FIG. 6). As a result, the vertical size of the spool assembly can be reduced.
 中央凹部33は、ギヤ凹部32の下方Ddを向く底面に配置され、上方Duに凹む。中央凹部33の径方向外端部は、ギヤ凹部32の径方向外端部よりも径方向内方に配置される。中央凹部33には、規制部6の少なくとも上方Du側の部分が収容される。これにより、スプール組立体の上下方向サイズをさらに低減できる。 The central recessed portion 33 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the gear recessed portion 32 and is recessed upward Du. The radially outer end of the central recessed portion 33 is arranged radially inwardly of the radially outer end of the gear recessed portion 32 . At least the upper Du side portion of the restricting portion 6 is accommodated in the central recessed portion 33 . As a result, the vertical size of the spool assembly can be further reduced.
 第1ギヤ貫通孔34は、中央凹部33の下方Ddを向く底面に配置され、ウォームホイールギヤ31及び間欠歯車36を上下方向に貫通する。上下方向から見て、第1ギヤ貫通孔34の中央は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の中央と一致する。第1ギヤ貫通孔34には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。第1ギヤ貫通孔34の内周面は、接触面部222よりも下方Ddにおいて、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面と径方向に隙間を有して対向する。これにより、ウォームホイールギヤ31及び間欠歯車36は、スプール軸部22によって、回転可能に支持される。 The first gear through-hole 34 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the central recessed portion 33, and penetrates the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 in the vertical direction. The center of the first gear through-hole 34 coincides with the center of the worm wheel gear 31 when viewed from above and below. The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the first gear through-hole 34 . The inner peripheral surface of the first gear through-hole 34 faces the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the contact surface portion 222 with a gap in the radial direction. Thereby, the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 are rotatably supported by the spool shaft portion 22 .
 凹部35は、ギヤ凹部32の下方Ddを向く底面に配置され、上方Duに凹む。凹部35は、中央凹部33よりも径方向外方に配置され、本実施形態では中央凹部33の径方向外端部から径方向外方に延びる。凹部35は、複数であり、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に並ぶ。なお、凹部35の数は、図7では4個であるが、この例示に限定されない。凹部35の数は、単数であってもよいし、4以外の複数であってもよい。また、周方向に配列する複数の凹部35は、等間隔に配置されてもよいし、異なる間隔で配置されてもよい。 The recessed portion 35 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the gear recessed portion 32 and is recessed upward Du. The recess 35 is arranged radially outward of the central recess 33 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the central recess 33 in this embodiment. A plurality of recesses 35 are arranged in a circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Although the number of recesses 35 is four in FIG. 7, it is not limited to this example. The number of recesses 35 may be singular or plural other than four. Moreover, the plurality of recesses 35 arranged in the circumferential direction may be arranged at equal intervals, or may be arranged at different intervals.
 間欠歯車36は、回転軸J1を囲む環状のギヤである。間欠歯車36は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の上端部に固定され、本実施形態ではウォームホイールギヤ31と一体である。間欠歯車36の周方向における径方向外側面の一部領域には、周方向に並ぶ複数の第1歯361が配置される。第1歯361は、上記の一部領域において所定の間隔で周方向に配置されるが、上記の一部領域以外の領域には配置されない。なお、第1歯361の数は、本実施形態では2個である(後述する図9参照)。但し、この例示に限定されず、第1歯361の数は、3以上の複数であってもよい。 The intermittent gear 36 is an annular gear surrounding the rotation axis J1. The intermittent gear 36 is fixed to the upper end of the worm wheel gear 31 and is integral with the worm wheel gear 31 in this embodiment. A plurality of first teeth 361 arranged in the circumferential direction are arranged in a partial area of the radial outer surface of the intermittent gear 36 in the circumferential direction. The first teeth 361 are circumferentially arranged at predetermined intervals in the partial region, but are not arranged in regions other than the partial region. The number of first teeth 361 is two in this embodiment (see FIG. 9 described later). However, the number of first teeth 361 is not limited to this example, and may be three or more.
  <1-6-3.クラッチギヤ4>
 次に、図1から図8を参照して、クラッチギヤ4を説明する。図8は、クラッチギヤ4の上面図である。
<1-6-3. clutch gear 4>
Next, the clutch gear 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 8. FIG. 8 is a top view of the clutch gear 4. FIG.
 クラッチギヤ4は、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部に配置され、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部から径方向外方に広がる。クラッチギヤ4は、回転駆動部3と連結可能である。なお、この連結は、スプール軸部22に連結された状態のクラッチギヤ4が下方Ddに移動することで解除できる。 The clutch gear 4 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 . The clutch gear 4 is connectable with the rotation drive section 3 . This connection can be released by moving the clutch gear 4 connected to the spool shaft portion 22 downward Dd.
 クラッチギヤ4は、回転駆動部3と上下方向に対向し、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部に対して上下方向に移動可能に連結される。つまり、クラッチギヤ4は、スプール軸部22に対して回転不能に連結可能である。この連結により、回転駆動部3は、モータ11からウォームギヤ12を介して伝達されたトルクをクラッチギヤ4に伝達できる。スプール2は、クラッチギヤ4から伝達されるトルクによって、回転軸J1を中心にして回転できる。これにより、スプール2は、胴部21に紐Sを巻き付けて、紐Sに張力を与えることができる。また、スプール2は、モータ11の逆回転に応じて逆回転することにより、胴部21に巻き付いた紐Sを緩めて、胴部21から解けるようにすることもできる。 The clutch gear 4 vertically faces the rotary drive section 3 and is connected to the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft section 22 so as to be vertically movable. That is, the clutch gear 4 can be non-rotatably connected to the spool shaft portion 22 . This connection allows the rotary drive unit 3 to transmit the torque transmitted from the motor 11 via the worm gear 12 to the clutch gear 4 . The spool 2 can be rotated around the rotation axis J1 by torque transmitted from the clutch gear 4 . As a result, the spool 2 can wind the string S around the trunk portion 21 and apply tension to the string S. Further, the spool 2 can be rotated in the reverse direction in response to the reverse rotation of the motor 11 to loosen the string S wound around the body portion 21 so that the string S can be untied from the body portion 21 .
 クラッチギヤ4は、第2ギヤ貫通孔41を有する。第2ギヤ貫通孔41は、クラッチギヤ4を上下方向に貫通する。第2ギヤ貫通孔41には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。第2ギヤ貫通孔41の内周面は、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面と接する。 The clutch gear 4 has a second gear through-hole 41 . The second gear through-hole 41 vertically penetrates the clutch gear 4 . The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the second gear through-hole 41 . The inner peripheral surface of the second gear through-hole 41 is in contact with the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
 また、クラッチギヤ4は、上下方向と平行な第2平面部42をさらに有する(図7及び図8参照)。第2平面部42は、第2ギヤ貫通孔41の内側面に配置される。第2平面部42は、スプール軸部22の第1平面部221と径方向に対向して接する。こうすれば、スプール軸部22に対して、クラッチギヤ4を周方向に回転不能にできる。従って、スプール軸部22に対するクラッチギヤ4の空転を確実に防止できる。 In addition, the clutch gear 4 further has a second plane portion 42 parallel to the vertical direction (see FIGS. 7 and 8). The second plane portion 42 is arranged on the inner surface of the second gear through-hole 41 . The second flat portion 42 is in contact with and faces the first flat portion 221 of the spool shaft portion 22 in the radial direction. In this way, the clutch gear 4 can be rendered non-rotatable in the circumferential direction with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 . Therefore, idling of the clutch gear 4 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 can be reliably prevented.
 また、クラッチギヤ4は、図8に示すように、凸部43をさらに有する。凸部43は、クラッチギヤ4の上面に配置され、上方Duに突出する。凸部43の少なくとも上端部は、回転駆動部3の凹部35に離脱可能に嵌る。両者の嵌め合いにより、クラッチギヤ4は、回転駆動部3(特にウォームホイールギヤ31)とともに、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に回転可能となる。つまり、回転駆動部3のトルクは、クラッチギヤ4に伝達可能となり、さらにクラッチギヤ4を介してスプール2に伝達可能となる。なお、凸部43の数は、図8では4個であるが、この例示には限定されない。凸部43の数は、単数であってもよいし、4以外の複数であってもよい。 In addition, the clutch gear 4 further has a convex portion 43 as shown in FIG. The convex portion 43 is arranged on the upper surface of the clutch gear 4 and protrudes upward Du. At least the upper end portion of the projection 43 is detachably fitted into the recess 35 of the rotary drive portion 3 . The fitting of the two enables the clutch gear 4 to rotate in the circumferential direction around the rotation axis J1 together with the rotary drive section 3 (especially the worm wheel gear 31). In other words, the torque of the rotation driving portion 3 can be transmitted to the clutch gear 4 and further to the spool 2 via the clutch gear 4 . Although the number of convex portions 43 is four in FIG. 8, it is not limited to this example. The number of protrusions 43 may be singular or plural other than four.
 また、本実施形態では、全ての凸部43がクラッチギヤ4側(その上面)に配置され(図8参照)、全ての凹部35が回転駆動部3側(ウォームホイールギヤ31のギヤ凹部32の底面)に配置される。但し、凸部43及び凹部35の配置は、本実施形態の例示に限定されない。少なくとも1つの凸部43は、回転駆動部3側(ウォームホイールギヤ31のギヤ凹部32の底面)に配置されてもよい。少なくとも1つの凹部35がクラッチギヤ4側(その上面)に配置されてもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, all the convex portions 43 are arranged on the side of the clutch gear 4 (upper surface thereof) (see FIG. 8), and all the concave portions 35 are arranged on the side of the rotary drive portion 3 (on the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31). bottom). However, the arrangement of the protrusions 43 and the recesses 35 is not limited to the example in this embodiment. At least one convex portion 43 may be arranged on the rotary drive portion 3 side (the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31). At least one recess 35 may be arranged on the clutch gear 4 side (its upper surface).
 つまり、回転駆動部3及びクラッチギヤ4のうちの一方は、回転駆動部3及びクラッチギヤ4のうちの他方に向かって突出する凸部43を有していればよい。さらに、上記他方は、上記一方から上記他方に向かって凹む凹部35を有していればよい。この際、凸部43は、上記一方の上記他方に向く面に配置されて、上下方向のうちの上記一方から上記他方への向きに突出する。凹部35は、上記他方の上記一方に向く面に配置されて、上下方向のうちの上記一方から上記他方への向きに凹む。そして、凸部43のうちの少なくとも上下方向のうちの上記一方から上記他方への向きにおける端部は、凹部35に嵌る。これにより、凸部43が凹部35に嵌ることにより、クラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に連結できる。 In other words, one of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 should have the protrusion 43 projecting toward the other of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 . Further, the other side may have a concave portion 35 recessed from the one side toward the other side. At this time, the convex portion 43 is arranged on the one surface facing the other, and protrudes from the one in the vertical direction to the other. The concave portion 35 is arranged on the surface of the other side facing the one side, and is recessed in the direction from the one side to the other side in the vertical direction. At least the ends of the projections 43 in the direction from the one to the other in the vertical direction are fitted into the recesses 35 . As a result, the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the rotary drive section 3 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
 なお、紐Sに過度の張力が作用してスプール軸部22に過度のトルクが発生した場合には、凸部43が凹部35から外れることで、スプール軸部22に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結が解除できる。これにより、スプール2は、自由に回転して、胴部21に巻き付いた紐Sを早急に緩めることができる。従って、紐Sに作用する張力を直ちに軽減できるので、紐Sのダメージを低減又は防止し、紐Sの高寿命化に貢献できる。 If excessive tension is applied to the string S and excessive torque is generated in the spool shaft portion 22, the convex portion 43 is disengaged from the concave portion 35, thereby disconnecting the clutch gear 4 from the spool shaft portion 22. can. As a result, the spool 2 can be freely rotated and the string S wound around the body portion 21 can be quickly loosened. Therefore, since the tension acting on the string S can be immediately reduced, damage to the string S can be reduced or prevented, and the life of the string S can be extended.
 また、クラッチギヤ4は、図7などに示すように、筒部44をさらに有する。筒部44は、クラッチギヤ4の下端部において、回転軸J1を囲んで下方Ddに延びる。筒部44は、溝部441を有する。溝部441は、径方向内方に凹んで周方向に延びる環状であり、筒部44の径方向外側面に配置される。 In addition, the clutch gear 4 further has a cylindrical portion 44 as shown in FIG. 7 and the like. At the lower end of the clutch gear 4, the cylindrical portion 44 surrounds the rotation axis J1 and extends downward Dd. The tubular portion 44 has a groove portion 441 . The groove portion 441 has an annular shape that is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radially outer surface of the tubular portion 44 .
  <1-6-4.操作部5>
 次に、図1から図7を参照して、操作部5を説明する。操作部5は、ユーザが外部から操作可能な部材である。操作部5は、ユーザの操作に応じて、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除する。ユーザは、操作部5の操作に応じて回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除することにより、回転駆動部3に対してスプール2を自由に回転させることができる。従って、ユーザは、スプール2を手動で操作できる。たとえば、電力不足、故障などによってレーシングモジュール100を電動で駆動することができなくなっても、スプール2を手動操作可能にすることにより、胴部21に巻かれた紐Sを手動で胴部21から解くことができる。
<1-6-4. Operation unit 5>
Next, the operation unit 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7. FIG. The operation unit 5 is a member that can be operated externally by the user. The operation unit 5 disconnects the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 in accordance with a user's operation. The user can freely rotate the spool 2 with respect to the rotary drive unit 3 by disengaging the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the operation of the operation unit 5 . Therefore, the user can operate the spool 2 manually. For example, even if the racing module 100 cannot be electrically driven due to power shortage, failure, etc., the spool 2 can be manually operated, so that the string S wound around the trunk portion 21 can be manually removed from the trunk portion 21. can be solved.
 操作部5は、ユーザの操作に応じて、クラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に対して離間又は近接させる。こうすれば、簡易な構成で、スプール2を手動で操作可能な状態と、スプール2を電動で駆動可能な状態とに切り替えることができる。たとえば、レーシングモジュール100は、クラッチギヤ4が回転駆動部3に対して離間することにより、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除し、スプール2を手動で操作可能な状態になる。また、レーシングモジュール100は、クラッチギヤ4が回転駆動部3に近接することにより、回転駆動部3に対してクラッチギヤ4を連結し、スプール2を電動で駆動可能な状態になる。 The operation unit 5 separates or brings the clutch gear 4 closer to or away from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the user's operation. By doing so, it is possible to switch between a state in which the spool 2 can be manually operated and a state in which the spool 2 can be driven electrically, with a simple configuration. For example, the racing module 100 disengages the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 by moving the clutch gear 4 away from the rotary drive unit 3, and the spool 2 can be manually operated. In addition, the racing module 100 connects the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 by bringing the clutch gear 4 closer to the rotary drive unit 3 , and enters a state in which the spool 2 can be electrically driven.
 操作部5は、連結部材51と、作動部材52と、線状部材53と、を有する。 The operating portion 5 has a connecting member 51 , an operating member 52 and a linear member 53 .
   <1-6-4-1.連結部材51>
 連結部材51は、クラッチギヤ4に連結される。本実施形態では、連結部材51は、回転軸J1を囲む環状である。連結部材51の径方向内端部は、クラッチギヤ4の溝部441に嵌る。これにより連結部材51は、クラッチギヤ4に対して回転軸J1を中心として周方向において回転可能に連結される。従って、連結部材51がクラッチギヤ4とともに回転することを防止できる。
<1-6-4-1. Connecting member 51>
The connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 . In this embodiment, the connecting member 51 has an annular shape surrounding the rotation axis J1. A radially inner end portion of the connecting member 51 fits into the groove portion 441 of the clutch gear 4 . Thereby, the connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 so as to be rotatable in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the connecting member 51 from rotating together with the clutch gear 4 .
   <1-6-4-2.作動部材52>
 作動部材52は、クラッチギヤ4の下方Ddに配置される。作動部材52は、上下方向に貫通する開口部521を有する。作動部材52の開口部521には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。言い換えると、作動部材52は、スプール軸部22よりも径方向外方に配置される。作動部材52は、回転駆動部3に向かって荷重をクラッチギヤ4に与える。上記の荷重によってクラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に向かって移動させることにより、回転駆動部3に対してクラッチギヤ4を連結可能な状態にすることができる。たとえば、ユーザが操作部5を操作しないとき、レーシングモジュール100は、クラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に連結させて、スプール2を電動で駆動することができる。また、上記の荷重により、凸部43が凹部35から容易に外れることを防止できる。さらに、上記の荷重を調節することにより、凸部43が凹部35から外れる際に紐Sに作用する張力を調節できる。つまり、紐Sに作用する張力の上限を調節することができる。
<1-6-4-2. actuating member 52>
The operating member 52 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd. The actuating member 52 has an opening 521 extending therethrough in the vertical direction. The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening portion 521 of the operating member 52 . In other words, the operating member 52 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 . The actuating member 52 applies a load to the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive portion 3 . By moving the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with the above load, the clutch gear 4 can be brought into a connectable state with the rotary drive section 3 . For example, when the user does not operate the operating unit 5 , the racing module 100 can couple the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 to electrically drive the spool 2 . Moreover, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 43 from easily coming off the recess 35 due to the above load. Furthermore, by adjusting the load, the tension acting on the string S when the protrusion 43 is removed from the recess 35 can be adjusted. That is, the upper limit of the tension acting on the string S can be adjusted.
 本実施形態では、作動部材52は、弾性部材522を含む。弾性部材522は、クラッチギヤ4よりも下方Ddに配置される。弾性部材522の上端部は、クラッチギヤ4に接する。弾性部材522の弾性力を利用することで、作動部材52は、簡易な構成でクラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に向かわせることができる。弾性部材522には、本実施形態ではスプリングコイルが採用される。但し、この例示には限定されず、弾性部材522は、板バネであってもよいし、ゴム製の部材であってもよい。 In this embodiment, the actuating member 52 includes an elastic member 522. The elastic member 522 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd. An upper end portion of the elastic member 522 contacts the clutch gear 4 . By utilizing the elastic force of the elastic member 522, the operating member 52 can direct the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with a simple configuration. A spring coil is adopted as the elastic member 522 in this embodiment. However, it is not limited to this illustration, and the elastic member 522 may be a plate spring or a member made of rubber.
   <1-6-4-3.線状部材53>
 線状部材53は、少なくとも作動部材52がクラッチギヤ4に与える荷重の方向とは逆の方向に連結部材51から延びる。ユーザが線状部材53を引っ張ることにより、クラッチギヤ4は、連結部材51とともにたとえば下方Ddに移動して、回転駆動部3から離間する。つまり、ユーザは、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除できる。
<1-6-4-3. Linear member 53>
The linear member 53 extends from the connecting member 51 at least in the direction opposite to the direction of the load applied to the clutch gear 4 by the operating member 52 . When the user pulls the linear member 53 , the clutch gear 4 moves, for example, downward Dd together with the connecting member 51 to separate from the rotary drive section 3 . In other words, the user can release the connection of the clutch gear 4 with the rotary drive unit 3 .
 線状部材53は、本実施形態では、一端が連結部材51に連結されたワイヤである。線状部材53は、孔部1412、シール部材145の孔部、及び孔部1441を通じて、ケーシング14の内部から外部に引き出される。孔部1412、シール部材145の孔部、及び孔部1441を通じて線状部材53の他端をケーシング14の外部に引き出すことにより、ユーザは、ケーシング14の外部から操作部5を操作できる。 The linear member 53 is a wire with one end connected to the connecting member 51 in this embodiment. The linear member 53 is pulled out from the inside of the casing 14 to the outside through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 , and the hole 1441 . By pulling the other end of the linear member 53 out of the casing 14 through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 , and the hole 1441 , the user can operate the operation unit 5 from the outside of the casing 14 .
  <1-6-5.規制部6>
 規制部6は、回転軸J1を囲む環状の金具である。規制部6には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。規制部6の径方向内端部は、スプール軸部22の上溝部223に収容される。規制部6は、上下方向においてウォームホイールギヤ31とクラッチギヤ4との間に配置され、回転駆動部3のギヤ凹部32の下方Ddを向く底面と接する。これにより、規制部6は、回転駆動部3の下方Ddへの移動を規制する。
<1-6-5. Regulation part 6>
The restricting portion 6 is an annular metal fitting surrounding the rotating shaft J1. The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the restricting portion 6 . A radially inner end portion of the restricting portion 6 is accommodated in the upper groove portion 223 of the spool shaft portion 22 . The restricting portion 6 is arranged between the worm wheel gear 31 and the clutch gear 4 in the vertical direction, and is in contact with the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the rotation driving portion 3 facing downward Dd. Thereby, the restricting portion 6 restricts the movement of the rotation driving portion 3 downward Dd.
  <1-6-6.支持部材7>
 支持部材7は、回転軸J1を囲む環状の金具であり、弾性部材522の下端部と接する。支持部材7は、弾性部材522の下端部を支持する。詳細には、支持部材7には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。支持部材7の径方向内端部は、スプール軸部22の下溝部224に収容される。支持部材7を配置することにより、レーシングモジュール100は、弾性部材522の伸縮範囲を規制できる。たとえば、弾性部材522の上端部は、クラッチギヤ4に接する。この上端部の上方Duへの移動は、回転駆動部3により規制される。また、弾性部材522の下端部の下方Ddへの移動は、支持部材7により規制される。従って、レーシングモジュール100は、支持部材7の上下方向位置により弾性部材522の伸縮範囲を決定できるので、弾性部材522の弾性力を所望の値に設計できる。
<1-6-6. Support member 7>
The support member 7 is an annular metal fitting that surrounds the rotation axis J1 and is in contact with the lower end of the elastic member 522 . The support member 7 supports the lower end of the elastic member 522 . Specifically, the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the support member 7 . A radial inner end portion of the support member 7 is accommodated in the lower groove portion 224 of the spool shaft portion 22 . By arranging the support member 7 , the lacing module 100 can regulate the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 . For example, the upper end of elastic member 522 contacts clutch gear 4 . The movement of the upper end portion upward Du is regulated by the rotary drive portion 3 . Further, the movement of the lower end portion of the elastic member 522 downward Dd is restricted by the support member 7 . Therefore, in the racing module 100, the elastic force of the elastic member 522 can be designed to a desired value because the elastic member 522 can be expanded and contracted depending on the vertical position of the support member 7. FIG.
 なお、本実施形態の例示に限定されず、支持部材7は、ケーシング14の底板部141の一部であってもよい。つまり、弾性部材522の下端部は底板部141により支持されてもよく、その下端部の下方Ddへの移動は底板部141により規制されてもよい。 Note that the support member 7 may be a part of the bottom plate portion 141 of the casing 14 without being limited to the example of this embodiment. That is, the bottom plate portion 141 may support the lower end portion of the elastic member 522 , and the bottom plate portion 141 may restrict the movement of the lower end portion downward Dd.
 また、変形例として、レーシングモジュール100には、規制部6がクラッチギヤ4とも接触する構成も採用できる。これにより、レーシングモジュール100は、支持部材7に加えて規制部6によっても、弾性部材522の伸縮範囲をさらに規制できる。 As a modified example, the racing module 100 may employ a configuration in which the restricting portion 6 also contacts the clutch gear 4 . Thereby, the racing module 100 can further restrict the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 not only by the support member 7 but also by the restriction portion 6 .
 <1-7.制限歯車8>
 次に、図1及び図9を参照して、制限歯車8を説明する。図9は、各々のギヤの噛み合いを示す斜視図である。
<1-7. Limit gear 8>
Next, the limit gear 8 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 9. FIG. FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing engagement of each gear.
 制限歯車8は、ギヤ軸J2を中心として回転可能であり、回転駆動部3の間欠歯車36と噛み合う。制限歯車8は、図9に示すように、上板部143の軸部1432により回転可能に支持され、軸部1432からギヤ軸J2を基準とする径方向外方に広がる。 The limit gear 8 is rotatable around the gear shaft J2 and meshes with the intermittent gear 36 of the rotation drive section 3. As shown in FIG. 9, the limit gear 8 is rotatably supported by a shaft portion 1432 of the upper plate portion 143 and extends radially outward from the shaft portion 1432 with the gear axis J2 as a reference.
 制限歯車8は、複数の第2歯81と、第1制限歯82と、第2制限歯83と、を有する。複数の第2歯81は、ギヤ軸J2を中心とする周方向に並ぶ。第1制限歯82は、最も周方向一方に配置される第2歯81と周方向に隣り合って並ぶ。第2制限歯83は、最も周方向他方に配置される第2歯81と周方向に隣り合って並ぶ。制限歯車8の第2歯81、第1制限歯82、及び第2制限歯83は、回転駆動部3の第1歯361と噛み合い可能である。第1制限歯82及び第2制限歯83の歯厚は、間欠歯車36の周方向に隣り合う第1歯361間の歯溝の幅よりも大きい。 The limit gear 8 has a plurality of second teeth 81, first limit teeth 82, and second limit teeth 83. The plurality of second teeth 81 are arranged in a circumferential direction around the gear shaft J2. The first restricting tooth 82 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on one side in the circumferential direction. The second restricting tooth 83 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on the other side in the circumferential direction. The second tooth 81 , the first limit tooth 82 , and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 are meshable with the first tooth 361 of the rotary drive section 3 . The tooth thickness of the first limiting tooth 82 and the second limiting tooth 83 is greater than the width of the tooth space between the circumferentially adjacent first teeth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 .
 こうすれば、制限歯車8の第2歯81が回転駆動部3の第1歯361と噛み合う時には、回転駆動部3のウォームホイールギヤ31は回転できる。従って、回転駆動部3がクラッチギヤ4と連結されていれば、スプール2は、紐Sを胴部21に巻き付けたり胴部21に巻き付いた紐Sを解いたりすることができる。一方、制限歯車8の第1制限歯82又は第2制限歯83が第1歯361と噛み合うと、ウォームホイールギヤ31は回転できなくなる。そのため、スプール2は、紐Sを巻き付けたり解いたりすることはできなくなる。従って、制限歯車8がクラッチギヤ4と噛み合うことにより、レーシングモジュール100が紐Sを巻き取る範囲及び紐Sを解く範囲を決定できる。 In this way, when the second tooth 81 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 of the rotary drive section 3, the worm wheel gear 31 of the rotary drive section 3 can rotate. Therefore, if the rotation driving portion 3 is connected to the clutch gear 4, the spool 2 can wind the string S around the body portion 21 and untie the string S wound around the body portion 21. - 特許庁On the other hand, when the first limit tooth 82 or the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361, the worm wheel gear 31 cannot rotate. Therefore, the spool 2 becomes unable to wind and unwind the string S. Therefore, by meshing the limit gear 8 with the clutch gear 4, the range in which the racing module 100 winds the string S and the range in which the string S is unwound can be determined.
 さらに、制限歯車8の第1制限歯82及び第2制限歯83の一方が回転駆動部3の間欠歯車36の第1歯361と噛み合う状態をレーシングモジュール100が紐を巻き取る範囲の起点とすることができる。また、制限歯車8の第1制限歯82及び第2制限歯83の他方が第1歯361と噛み合う状態をレーシングモジュール100が紐Sを解く範囲の起点とすることができる。 Further, the state in which one of the first limiting tooth 82 and the second limiting tooth 83 of the limiting gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 of the rotary drive unit 3 is defined as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 winds the string. be able to. Also, the state in which the other of the first limit tooth 82 and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 can be used as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 unties the string S.
 以下に図面を参照して第2発明の例示的な実施形態を説明する。 An exemplary embodiment of the second invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
<2.レーシングモジュール100>
 図1は、実施形態に係るレーシングモジュール100の構成を示す断面図である。図2は、レーシングモジュール100の概略的な構成を示す斜視図である。図3は、レーシングモジュール100の用途の一例を示す図である。なお、図1は、図2の一点鎖線I-Iに沿うレーシングモジュール100の断面を示す。
<2. Racing module 100>
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a racing module 100 according to an embodiment. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the racing module 100. As shown in FIG. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of application of the racing module 100. As shown in FIG. 1 shows a cross section of the racing module 100 along the dashed-dotted line II in FIG.
 レーシングモジュール100は、電動で後述するスプール2に紐Sを巻き付けたり、電動又は手動でスプール2から解放したりすることができる。本実施形態では図3に示すように、レーシングモジュール100は、運動靴などの履物200に装着され、履物200の靴紐(つまり紐S)を締め付けたり、緩めたりすることができる。なお、レーシングモジュール100は、この例示に限定されない。たとえば、レーシングモジュール100は、紐Sの巻き取り、開放、締め付け、緩めなどを行う物品に搭載可能である。たとえば、レーシングモジュール100は、取出口を紐Sの締め付けにより閉じるリュックサックなどの荷袋、紐Sの締め付けにより装着されるギプスなどの固定具にも使用できる。 The lacing module 100 can electrically wind the string S around the spool 2, which will be described later, and release it from the spool 2 electrically or manually. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 , the lacing module 100 is attached to footwear 200 such as athletic shoes, and can tighten or loosen the shoelace (that is, the lace S) of the footwear 200 . Note that the racing module 100 is not limited to this illustration. For example, the lacing module 100 can be mounted on an article for winding, releasing, tightening, loosening, etc. the string S. For example, the lacing module 100 can also be used as a luggage bag such as a rucksack whose outlet is closed by tightening the string S, or as a fixture such as a cast that is attached by tightening the string S.
 レーシングモジュール100は、モータ11と、ウォームギヤ12と、バッテリー13と、ケーシング14と、スプール2と、回転駆動部3と、クラッチギヤ4と、操作部5と、規制部6と、支持部材7と、制限歯車8と、を備える。回転駆動部3は、ウォームギヤ12と噛み合うウォームホイールギヤ31を有する。また、スプール2、回転駆動部3、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、規制部6、及び支持部材7は、スプール組立体(後述する図4及び図5参照)を構成する。 The racing module 100 includes a motor 11, a worm gear 12, a battery 13, a casing 14, a spool 2, a rotary drive section 3, a clutch gear 4, an operation section 5, a regulation section 6, and a support member 7. , and a limit gear 8 . The rotary drive unit 3 has a worm wheel gear 31 that meshes with the worm gear 12 . Also, the spool 2, the rotary drive section 3, the clutch gear 4, the operating section 5, the restricting section 6, and the support member 7 constitute a spool assembly (see FIGS. 4 and 5, which will be described later).
 <2-1.モータ11>
 モータ11は、バッテリー13と電気的に接続される。モータ11のシャフト111は、バッテリー13から供給される電流により、モータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向一方又は周方向他方に回転する。
<2-1. motor 11>
Motor 11 is electrically connected to battery 13 . A shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction or the other circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax by current supplied from the battery 13 .
 <2-2.ウォームギヤ12>
 ウォームギヤ12は、モータ回転軸Axに沿って延び、モータ11のシャフト111と連結される。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、ウォームギヤ12を備える。ウォームギヤ12は、モータ11のシャフト111とともに回転可能である。モータ11のトルクはウォームギヤ12を介してウォームホイールギヤ31に伝達される。後述するように、凸部43が凹部35に嵌ることによって、ウォームホイールギヤ31にクラッチギヤ4を連結できる。
<2-2. Worm gear 12>
The worm gear 12 extends along the motor rotation axis Ax and is connected with the shaft 111 of the motor 11 . As previously mentioned, lacing module 100 includes worm gear 12 . Worm gear 12 is rotatable together with shaft 111 of motor 11 . Torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the worm wheel gear 31 via the worm gear 12 . As will be described later, the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the worm wheel gear 31 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
 ウォームギヤ12は、回転駆動部3を介してスプール2の後述するスプール軸部22と連結される。モータ11の駆動により、ウォームギヤ12が、モータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向に回転する。スプール2は、ウォームギヤ12の回転に連動し、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に回転する。たとえば、モータ11のシャフト111がモータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向一方に回転すると、スプール2が回転軸J1を中心とする周方向一方に回転し、これにより紐Sはスプール2に巻き取られる。一方、モータ11のシャフト111がモータ回転軸Axを中心とする周方向他方に回転すると、スプール2が回転軸J1を中心とする周方向他方に逆回転し、これにより紐Sは巻き戻されてスプール2から開放される。 The worm gear 12 is connected to a later-described spool shaft portion 22 of the spool 2 via the rotary drive portion 3 . By driving the motor 11, the worm gear 12 rotates in the circumferential direction around the motor rotation axis Ax. The spool 2 is interlocked with the rotation of the worm gear 12 and rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. For example, when the shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in one circumferential direction about the motor rotation axis Ax, the spool 2 rotates in one circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. be done. On the other hand, when the shaft 111 of the motor 11 rotates in the other circumferential direction about the motor rotation axis Ax, the spool 2 rotates in the other circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1, thereby unwinding the string S. Released from spool 2.
 <2-3.バッテリー13>
 バッテリー13は、モータ11に電力を供給する。バッテリー13は、本実施形態ではリチウムイオン電池などの二次電池である。但し、この例示に限定されず、二次電池に替えて、乾電池などの一次電池が用いられてもよい。
<2-3. Battery 13>
A battery 13 supplies power to the motor 11 . The battery 13 is a secondary battery such as a lithium ion battery in this embodiment. However, it is not limited to this example, and a primary battery such as a dry battery may be used instead of the secondary battery.
 <2-4.ケーシング14>
 ケーシング14は、スプール軸部22の少なくとも一部、回転駆動部3、クラッチギヤ4、及び操作部5を収容する。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、ケーシング14を備える。また、ケーシング14は、モータ11、ウォームギヤ12、バッテリー13、規制部6、支持部材7、及び制限歯車8などを内部に収納する。
<2-4. casing 14>
The casing 14 houses at least part of the spool shaft portion 22 , the rotary drive portion 3 , the clutch gear 4 and the operation portion 5 . As previously mentioned, lacing module 100 includes casing 14 . Further, the casing 14 accommodates the motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, the restricting portion 6, the supporting member 7, the restricting gear 8, and the like.
 ケーシング14は、底板部141と、側板部142と、上板部143と、下板部144と、シール部材145と、を有する。 The casing 14 has a bottom plate portion 141 , a side plate portion 142 , an upper plate portion 143 , a lower plate portion 144 and a sealing member 145 .
 底板部141は、回転軸J1と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がる。側板部142は、底板部141の外縁部から上方Duに延びる筒状である。底板部141及び側板部142は、その上端部が開口する箱体を形成する。その内部には、モータ11、ウォームギヤ12、バッテリー13、スプール軸部22の少なくとも一部、回転駆動部3(ウォームホイールギヤ31)、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、規制部6、支持部材7、及び制限歯車8などが収容される。底板部141及び側板部142は、本実施形態では一体であるが、この例示に限定されず、別体であってもよい。 The bottom plate portion 141 extends in a direction intersecting the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment). The side plate portion 142 has a tubular shape extending upward Du from the outer edge portion of the bottom plate portion 141 . The bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portions 142 form a box whose upper end is open. The motor 11, the worm gear 12, the battery 13, at least part of the spool shaft portion 22, the rotary drive portion 3 (worm wheel gear 31), the clutch gear 4, the operation portion 5, the regulation portion 6, the support member 7, and the limit gear 8 and the like are accommodated. The bottom plate portion 141 and the side plate portion 142 are integrated in this embodiment, but are not limited to this example, and may be separate.
 底板部141は、受け孔1411と、孔部1412と、を有する。受け孔1411は、底板部141の上面に配置され、下方Ddに凹む。受け孔1411には、スプール軸部22の下端部が収容される。孔部1412は、底板部141を上下方向に貫通する。孔部1412には、後述する線状部材53が挿通される。 The bottom plate portion 141 has a receiving hole 1411 and a hole portion 1412 . The receiving hole 1411 is arranged on the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 and is recessed downward Dd. A lower end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 is accommodated in the receiving hole 1411 . The hole portion 1412 vertically penetrates the bottom plate portion 141 . A linear member 53 , which will be described later, is inserted through the hole 1412 .
 上板部143は、回転軸J1と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がり、側板部142の上端部を覆う。上板部143は、開口部1431と、軸部1432と、を有する。開口部1431は、上板部143を上下方向に貫通する。開口部1431には、後述の如く、スプール軸部22が挿通される。軸部1432は、制限歯車8を回転可能に支持する。軸部1432は、上板部143の下面において、回転軸J1と平行なギヤ軸J2に沿って下方Ddに延びる。軸部1432は、スプール軸部22よりも径方向外方に配置される。 The upper plate portion 143 extends in a direction intersecting with the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment) and covers the upper end portion of the side plate portion 142 . The upper plate portion 143 has an opening portion 1431 and a shaft portion 1432 . The opening 1431 vertically penetrates the upper plate portion 143 . The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening 1431 as described later. The shaft portion 1432 rotatably supports the limit gear 8 . The shaft portion 1432 extends downward Dd on the lower surface of the upper plate portion 143 along the gear shaft J2 parallel to the rotation axis J1. The shaft portion 1432 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 .
 下板部144は、底板部141よりも下方Ddに配置され、回転軸J1と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がる。底板部141は、孔部1441を有する。孔部1441は、下板部144を上下方向に貫通する。孔部1441には、線状部材53が挿通される。 The lower plate portion 144 is arranged below the bottom plate portion 141 Dd and extends in a direction intersecting with the rotation axis J1 (radial direction in this embodiment). The bottom plate portion 141 has a hole portion 1441 . The hole portion 1441 vertically penetrates the lower plate portion 144 . The linear member 53 is inserted through the hole 1441 .
 シール部材145は、底板部141と下板部144との間に配置される。シール部材145は、線状部材53及び孔部1412、1441間の隙間をシールする。レーシングモジュール100は、シール部材145をさらに備える。シール部材145は、シール部材145を上下方向に貫通する孔部(符号省略)を有する。この孔部には、線状部材53が挿通される。孔部の内周面は、線状部材53と隙間なく接する。こうすれば、孔部1412、1441を通じて液体(たとえば水)及び塵埃などがケーシング14内に侵入することを防止できる。 The sealing member 145 is arranged between the bottom plate portion 141 and the lower plate portion 144 . The sealing member 145 seals the gap between the linear member 53 and the holes 1412 and 1441 . The lacing module 100 further comprises a sealing member 145. As shown in FIG. The seal member 145 has a hole portion (reference numeral omitted) penetrating the seal member 145 in the vertical direction. The linear member 53 is inserted through this hole. The inner peripheral surface of the hole is in contact with the linear member 53 without any gap. In this way, it is possible to prevent liquid (such as water) and dust from entering the casing 14 through the holes 1412 and 1441 .
 <2-5.蓋部15>
 蓋部15は、下端部が開口する有蓋筒状であり、ケーシング14の上板部143に取り付けられる。蓋部15は、上板部143の上面のうちの開口部1431を含む領域を覆う。
<2-5. lid portion 15>
The lid portion 15 has a lidded tubular shape with an open bottom end, and is attached to the upper plate portion 143 of the casing 14 . Lid portion 15 covers a region of the upper surface of upper plate portion 143 including opening portion 1431 .
 蓋部15は、天面部151と、外壁部152と、を有する。天面部151は、上板部143よりも上方Duに配置され、上下方向と交差する方向(本実施形態では径方向)に広がる。外壁部152は、天面部151の外縁部から下方Ddに延びる。蓋部15は、外壁部152を貫通する引出口152a,152bを有する。スプール2に巻き付けられた紐Sは、引出口152a,152bを通じて、蓋部15の内部から外部に引き出される。 The lid portion 15 has a top portion 151 and an outer wall portion 152 . The top surface portion 151 is arranged above the upper plate portion 143 and extends in a direction intersecting the vertical direction (radial direction in this embodiment). The outer wall portion 152 extends downward Dd from the outer edge portion of the top surface portion 151 . The lid portion 15 has outlets 152 a and 152 b penetrating the outer wall portion 152 . The string S wound around the spool 2 is pulled out from the inside of the lid portion 15 to the outside through the outlets 152a and 152b.
 <2-6.スプール組立体>
 次に、図1から図2及び図6から図7を参照して、スプール組立体を説明する。図6は、スプール組立体の斜視図である。図7は、スプール組立体の分解斜視図である。スプール組立体では、スプール2に、回転駆動部3、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、規制部6、及び支持部材7が取り付けられる。
<2-6. Spool assembly>
The spool assembly will now be described with reference to FIGS. 1-2 and 6-7. FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the spool assembly. FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the spool assembly. In the spool assembly, a rotation drive portion 3, a clutch gear 4, an operation portion 5, a regulation portion 6, and a support member 7 are attached to the spool 2. As shown in FIG.
  <2-6-1.スプール2>
 スプール2は、胴部21と、スプール軸部22と、を有する。胴部21には、紐Sを巻き付け可能である。スプール軸部22は、上下方向に延びる回転軸J1に沿って延びる。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、スプール2を備える。
<2-6-1. Spool 2>
The spool 2 has a body portion 21 and a spool shaft portion 22 . A string S can be wound around the trunk portion 21 . The spool shaft portion 22 extends along a rotation axis J1 extending in the vertical direction. As mentioned above, the lacing module 100 comprises the spool 2. As shown in FIG.
   <2-6-1-1.胴部21>
 胴部21は、スプール軸部22の上端部に接続され、スプール軸部22とともに回転可能である。胴部21は、ケーシング14よりも上方Duに配置され、蓋部15の内部に収容される。胴部21の上端部は、天面部151と上下方向に対向する。また、胴部21の下端部は、上板部143と上下方向に対向する。これにより、スプール2の上下方向の移動が抑制される。
<2-6-1-1. body 21>
The trunk portion 21 is connected to the upper end portion of the spool shaft portion 22 and is rotatable together with the spool shaft portion 22 . The body portion 21 is arranged above the casing 14 and is housed inside the lid portion 15 . An upper end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the top surface portion 151 . Also, the lower end portion of the trunk portion 21 vertically faces the upper plate portion 143 . As a result, vertical movement of the spool 2 is suppressed.
   <2-6-1-2.スプール軸部22>
 スプール軸部22は、上板部143の開口部1431に挿通され、O-リングなどのガスケット(符号省略)を介して開口部1431に嵌る。これにより、スプール軸部22は、上板部143によって、回転軸J1を中心として回転可能に保持される。スプール軸部22の少なくとも下方Dd側の部分は、ケーシング14に収容される。スプール軸部22は、胴部21及びクラッチギヤ4とともに、回転軸J1を中心にして回転可能である。
<2-6-1-2. Spool shaft portion 22>
The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through an opening 1431 of the upper plate portion 143 and fitted into the opening 1431 via a gasket (reference numerals omitted) such as an O-ring. Thereby, the spool shaft portion 22 is held by the upper plate portion 143 so as to be rotatable about the rotation axis J1. At least the portion on the lower Dd side of the spool shaft portion 22 is housed in the casing 14 . The spool shaft portion 22 is rotatable about the rotation axis J1 together with the body portion 21 and the clutch gear 4 .
 図7に示すように、スプール軸部22は、第1平面部221と、接触面部222と、上溝部223と、下溝部224と、を有する。 As shown in FIG. 7, the spool shaft portion 22 has a first plane portion 221, a contact surface portion 222, an upper groove portion 223, and a lower groove portion 224.
 第1平面部221は、上下方向と平行であり、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置される。 The first plane portion 221 is parallel to the vertical direction and arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
 接触面部222は、回転駆動部3の上端部と接し、本実施形態では後述する間欠歯車36の上端部に接する。接触面部222は、上下方向と垂直であって、第1平面部221よりも上方Duに配置される。接触面部222は、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置され、本実施形態では第1平面部221の上端部から径方向外方に広がる。こうすれば、後述の如く、回転駆動部3の第1ギヤ貫通孔34にスプール軸部22を挿入する際、スプール軸部22に対する回転駆動部3の上下方向における位置決めを容易に実施できる。また、接触面部222により、スプール軸部22に対する回転駆動部3の上方Duへの移動を制限できる。 The contact surface portion 222 is in contact with the upper end portion of the rotary drive portion 3, and in the present embodiment, is in contact with the upper end portion of the intermittent gear 36, which will be described later. The contact surface portion 222 is perpendicular to the up-down direction and is arranged above the first plane portion 221 Du. The contact surface portion 222 is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 and extends radially outward from the upper end portion of the first flat portion 221 in this embodiment. In this way, as will be described later, when the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted into the first gear through-hole 34 of the rotary drive portion 3, the vertical positioning of the rotary drive portion 3 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 can be easily performed. Further, the contact surface portion 222 can restrict the upward movement of the rotary drive portion 3 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 to Du.
 上溝部223は、径方向内方に凹んで周方向に延び、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置される。上溝部223は、スプール軸部22の下部において作動部材52よりも上方Duに配置される。 The upper groove portion 223 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 . The upper groove portion 223 is arranged above the operating member 52 in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 .
 下溝部224は、径方向内方に凹んで周方向に延び、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面に配置される。下溝部224は、スプール軸部22の下部において上溝部223及び作動部材52よりも下方Ddに配置される。 The lower groove portion 224 is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 . The lower groove portion 224 is arranged in the lower portion of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the upper groove portion 223 and the operating member 52 .
  <2-6-2.回転駆動部3>
 次に、図1から3及び、図6から図7を参照して、回転駆動部3を説明する。回転駆動部3は、回転軸J1を中心として回転可能である。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、回転駆動部3を備える。回転駆動部3は、前述の如く、ウォームホイールギヤ31を有する。ウォームホイールギヤ31は、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部に配置され、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部から径方向外方に広がる。ウォームホイールギヤ31は、ウォームギヤ12と噛み合う。詳細には、ウォームホイールギヤ31の径方向外端部には、周方向に並んで複数の歯311が配置される。歯311がウォームギヤ12の歯と噛み合うことにより、ウォームホイールギヤ31は、ウォームギヤ12の回転に応じて、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に回転する。
<2-6-2. Rotation drive unit 3>
Next, the rotary drive unit 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 and FIGS. 6 to 7. FIG. The rotary drive unit 3 is rotatable around the rotation axis J1. As described above, the racing module 100 has the rotary drive section 3 . The rotary drive section 3 has the worm wheel gear 31 as described above. The worm wheel gear 31 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 . The worm wheel gear 31 meshes with the worm gear 12 . Specifically, a plurality of teeth 311 are arranged in a circumferential direction on the radially outer end of the worm wheel gear 31 . The teeth 311 mesh with the teeth of the worm gear 12, so that the worm wheel gear 31 rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1 as the worm gear 12 rotates.
 なお、本実施形態では、ウォームホイールギヤ31及びウォームギヤ12を介して、モータ11のトルクがスプール2に伝達される。但し、この例示に限定されず、トルクの伝達機構には、トルクの伝達のための様々な部材、構造を採用できる。たとえば、トルクは、平歯車、かさ歯車、チェーン及びスプロケットなどを介して伝達されてもよい。また、レーシングモジュール100は、スプール2に伝達するトルクを発生するモータが回転駆動部3に含まれる構成であってもよい。この場合、上述のウォームギヤ12及びウォームホイールギヤ31などは省略できる。たとえば、クラッチギヤ4は、モータ11のロータと連結可能とされてもよい。こうすれば、クラッチギヤ4は、ロータの回転をスプール2に伝達できる。 It should be noted that in this embodiment, the torque of the motor 11 is transmitted to the spool 2 via the worm wheel gear 31 and the worm gear 12 . However, the torque transmission mechanism is not limited to this illustration, and various members and structures for torque transmission can be employed for the torque transmission mechanism. For example, torque may be transmitted through spur gears, bevel gears, chains and sprockets, and the like. Further, the racing module 100 may have a configuration in which the rotation driving section 3 includes a motor that generates torque to be transmitted to the spool 2 . In this case, the worm gear 12 and the worm wheel gear 31 described above can be omitted. For example, clutch gear 4 may be connectable with the rotor of motor 11 . By doing so, the clutch gear 4 can transmit the rotation of the rotor to the spool 2 .
 回転駆動部3は、ギヤ凹部32と、中央凹部33と、第1ギヤ貫通孔34と、凹部35と、間欠歯車36と、をさらに有する。 The rotary drive unit 3 further has a gear recess 32 , a central recess 33 , a first gear through-hole 34 , a recess 35 and an intermittent gear 36 .
 ギヤ凹部32は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の下面に配置され、上方Duに凹む。ギヤ凹部32には、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5の少なくとも上方Du側の部分、及び規制部6などが収容される(図6参照)。これにより、スプール組立体の上下方向サイズを低減できる。 The gear recess 32 is arranged on the lower surface of the worm wheel gear 31 and is recessed upward Du. The gear recess 32 accommodates the clutch gear 4, at least a portion of the operating portion 5 on the upper Du side, the restricting portion 6, and the like (see FIG. 6). As a result, the vertical size of the spool assembly can be reduced.
 中央凹部33は、ギヤ凹部32の下方Ddを向く底面に配置され、上方Duに凹む。中央凹部33の径方向外端部は、ギヤ凹部32の径方向外端部よりも径方向内方に配置される。中央凹部33には、規制部6の少なくとも上方Du側の部分が収容される。これにより、スプール組立体の上下方向サイズをさらに低減できる。 The central recessed portion 33 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the gear recessed portion 32 and is recessed upward Du. The radially outer end of the central recessed portion 33 is arranged radially inwardly of the radially outer end of the gear recessed portion 32 . At least the upper Du side portion of the restricting portion 6 is accommodated in the central recessed portion 33 . As a result, the vertical size of the spool assembly can be further reduced.
 第1ギヤ貫通孔34は、中央凹部33の下方Ddを向く底面に配置され、ウォームホイールギヤ31及び間欠歯車36を上下方向に貫通する。上下方向から見て、第1ギヤ貫通孔34の中央は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の中央と一致する。第1ギヤ貫通孔34には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。第1ギヤ貫通孔34の内周面は、接触面部222よりも下方Ddにおいて、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面と径方向に隙間を有して対向する。これにより、ウォームホイールギヤ31及び間欠歯車36は、スプール軸部22によって、回転可能に支持される。 The first gear through-hole 34 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the central recessed portion 33, and penetrates the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 in the vertical direction. The center of the first gear through-hole 34 coincides with the center of the worm wheel gear 31 when viewed from above and below. The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the first gear through-hole 34 . The inner peripheral surface of the first gear through-hole 34 faces the radial outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 at a position Dd below the contact surface portion 222 with a gap in the radial direction. Thereby, the worm wheel gear 31 and the intermittent gear 36 are rotatably supported by the spool shaft portion 22 .
 凹部35は、ギヤ凹部32の下方Ddを向く底面に配置され、上方Duに凹む。凹部35は、中央凹部33よりも径方向外方に配置され、本実施形態では中央凹部33の径方向外端部から径方向外方に延びる。凹部35は、複数であり、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に並ぶ。なお、凹部35の数は、図5では4個であるが、この例示に限定されない。凹部35の数は、単数であってもよいし、4以外の複数であってもよい。また、周方向に配列する複数の凹部35は、等間隔に配置されてもよいし、異なる間隔で配置されてもよい。 The recessed portion 35 is arranged on the bottom surface facing downward Dd of the gear recessed portion 32 and is recessed upward Du. The recess 35 is arranged radially outward of the central recess 33 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the central recess 33 in this embodiment. A plurality of recesses 35 are arranged in a circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Although the number of recesses 35 is four in FIG. 5, it is not limited to this example. The number of recesses 35 may be singular or plural other than four. Moreover, the plurality of recesses 35 arranged in the circumferential direction may be arranged at equal intervals, or may be arranged at different intervals.
 間欠歯車36は、回転軸J1を囲む環状のギヤである。間欠歯車36は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の上端部に固定され、本実施形態ではウォームホイールギヤ31と一体である。間欠歯車36の周方向における径方向外側面の一部領域には、周方向に並ぶ複数の第1歯361が配置される。第1歯361は、上記の一部領域において所定の間隔で周方向に配置されるが、上記の一部領域以外の領域には配置されない。なお、第1歯361の数は、本実施形態では2個である(後述する図9参照)。但し、この例示に限定されず、第1歯361の数は、3以上の複数であってもよい。 The intermittent gear 36 is an annular gear surrounding the rotation axis J1. The intermittent gear 36 is fixed to the upper end of the worm wheel gear 31 and is integral with the worm wheel gear 31 in this embodiment. A plurality of first teeth 361 arranged in the circumferential direction are arranged in a partial area of the radial outer surface of the intermittent gear 36 in the circumferential direction. The first teeth 361 are circumferentially arranged at predetermined intervals in the partial region, but are not arranged in regions other than the partial region. The number of first teeth 361 is two in this embodiment (see FIG. 9 described later). However, the number of first teeth 361 is not limited to this example, and may be three or more.
  <2-6-3.クラッチギヤ4>
 次に、図1から図3及び、図6から図8を参照して、クラッチギヤ4を説明する。図8は、クラッチギヤ4の上面図である。
<2-6-3. clutch gear 4>
Next, the clutch gear 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 and 6 to 8. FIG. 8 is a top view of the clutch gear 4. FIG.
 クラッチギヤ4は、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部に配置され、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部から径方向外方に広がる。クラッチギヤ4は、回転駆動部3と連結可能である。なお、この連結は、スプール軸部22に連結された状態のクラッチギヤ4が下方Ddに移動することで解除できる。 The clutch gear 4 is arranged at the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 and extends radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 22 . The clutch gear 4 is connectable with the rotation drive section 3 . This connection can be released by moving the clutch gear 4 connected to the spool shaft portion 22 downward Dd.
 クラッチギヤ4は、回転駆動部3と上下方向に対向し、スプール軸部22の径方向外端部に対して上下方向に移動可能に連結される。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、クラッチギヤ4を備える。つまり、クラッチギヤ4は、スプール軸部22に対して回転不能に連結可能である。この連結により、回転駆動部3は、モータ11からウォームギヤ12を介して伝達されたトルクをクラッチギヤ4に伝達できる。スプール2は、クラッチギヤ4から伝達されるトルクによって、回転軸J1を中心にして回転できる。これにより、スプール2は、胴部21に紐Sを巻き付けて、紐Sに張力を与えることができる。また、スプール2は、モータ11の逆回転に応じて逆回転することにより、胴部21に巻き付いた紐Sを緩めて、胴部21から解けるようにすることもできる。 The clutch gear 4 vertically faces the rotary drive section 3 and is connected to the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft section 22 so as to be vertically movable. As mentioned above, the racing module 100 has the clutch gear 4 . That is, the clutch gear 4 can be non-rotatably connected to the spool shaft portion 22 . This connection allows the rotary drive unit 3 to transmit the torque transmitted from the motor 11 via the worm gear 12 to the clutch gear 4 . The spool 2 can be rotated around the rotation axis J1 by torque transmitted from the clutch gear 4 . As a result, the spool 2 can wind the string S around the trunk portion 21 and apply tension to the string S. Further, the spool 2 can be rotated in the reverse direction in response to the reverse rotation of the motor 11 to loosen the string S wound around the body portion 21 so that the string S can be untied from the body portion 21 .
 クラッチギヤ4は、第2ギヤ貫通孔41を有する。第2ギヤ貫通孔41は、クラッチギヤ4を上下方向に貫通する。第2ギヤ貫通孔41には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。第2ギヤ貫通孔41の内周面は、スプール軸部22の径方向外側面と接する。 The clutch gear 4 has a second gear through-hole 41 . The second gear through-hole 41 vertically penetrates the clutch gear 4 . The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the second gear through-hole 41 . The inner peripheral surface of the second gear through-hole 41 is in contact with the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 22 .
 また、クラッチギヤ4は、上下方向と平行な第2平面部42をさらに有する(図7及び図8参照)。第2平面部42は、第2ギヤ貫通孔41の内側面に配置される。第2平面部42は、スプール軸部22の第1平面部221と径方向に対向して接する。こうすれば、スプール軸部22に対して、クラッチギヤ4を周方向に回転不能にできる。従って、スプール軸部22に対するクラッチギヤ4の空転を確実に防止できる。 In addition, the clutch gear 4 further has a second plane portion 42 parallel to the vertical direction (see FIGS. 7 and 8). The second plane portion 42 is arranged on the inner surface of the second gear through-hole 41 . The second flat portion 42 is in contact with and faces the first flat portion 221 of the spool shaft portion 22 in the radial direction. In this way, the clutch gear 4 can be rendered non-rotatable in the circumferential direction with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 . Therefore, idling of the clutch gear 4 with respect to the spool shaft portion 22 can be reliably prevented.
 また、クラッチギヤ4は、図6に示すように、凸部43をさらに有する。凸部43は、クラッチギヤ4の上面に配置され、上方Duに突出する。凸部43の少なくとも上端部は、回転駆動部3の凹部35に離脱可能に嵌る。両者の嵌め合いにより、クラッチギヤ4は、回転駆動部3(特にウォームホイールギヤ31)とともに、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に回転可能となる。つまり、回転駆動部3のトルクは、クラッチギヤ4に伝達可能となり、さらにクラッチギヤ4を介してスプール2に伝達可能となる。なお、凸部43の数は、図6では4個であるが、この例示には限定されない。凸部43の数は、単数であってもよいし、4以外の複数であってもよい。 In addition, the clutch gear 4 further has a convex portion 43 as shown in FIG. The convex portion 43 is arranged on the upper surface of the clutch gear 4 and protrudes upward Du. At least the upper end portion of the projection 43 is detachably fitted into the recess 35 of the rotary drive portion 3 . The fitting of the two enables the clutch gear 4 to rotate in the circumferential direction around the rotation axis J1 together with the rotary drive section 3 (especially the worm wheel gear 31). In other words, the torque of the rotation driving portion 3 can be transmitted to the clutch gear 4 and further to the spool 2 via the clutch gear 4 . Although the number of convex portions 43 is four in FIG. 6, it is not limited to this example. The number of protrusions 43 may be singular or plural other than four.
 また、本実施形態では、全ての凸部43がクラッチギヤ4側(その上面)に配置され(図8参照)、全ての凹部35が回転駆動部3側(ウォームホイールギヤ31のギヤ凹部32の底面)に配置される。但し、凸部43及び凹部35の配置は、本実施形態の例示に限定されない。少なくとも1つの凸部43は、回転駆動部3側(ウォームホイールギヤ31のギヤ凹部32の底面)に配置されてもよい。少なくとも1つの凹部35がクラッチギヤ4側(その上面)に配置されてもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, all the convex portions 43 are arranged on the side of the clutch gear 4 (upper surface thereof) (see FIG. 8), and all the concave portions 35 are arranged on the side of the rotary drive portion 3 (on the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31). bottom). However, the arrangement of the protrusions 43 and the recesses 35 is not limited to the example in this embodiment. At least one convex portion 43 may be arranged on the rotary drive portion 3 side (the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the worm wheel gear 31). At least one recess 35 may be arranged on the clutch gear 4 side (its upper surface).
 つまり、回転駆動部3及びクラッチギヤ4のうちの一方は、回転駆動部3及びクラッチギヤ4のうちの他方に向かって突出する凸部43を有していればよい。さらに、上記他方は、上記一方から上記他方に向かって凹む凹部35を有していればよい。この際、凸部43は、上記一方の上記他方に向く面に配置されて、上下方向のうちの上記一方から上記他方への向きに突出する。凹部35は、上記他方の上記一方に向く面に配置されて、上下方向のうちの上記一方から上記他方への向きに凹む。そして、凸部43のうちの少なくとも上下方向のうちの上記一方から上記他方への向きにおける端部は、凹部35に嵌る。これにより、凸部43が凹部35に嵌ることにより、クラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に連結できる。 In other words, one of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 should have the protrusion 43 projecting toward the other of the rotation driving portion 3 and the clutch gear 4 . Further, the other side may have a concave portion 35 recessed from the one side toward the other side. At this time, the convex portion 43 is arranged on the one surface facing the other, and protrudes from the one in the vertical direction to the other. The concave portion 35 is arranged on the surface of the other side facing the one side, and is recessed in the direction from the one side to the other side in the vertical direction. At least the ends of the projections 43 in the direction from the one to the other in the vertical direction are fitted into the recesses 35 . As a result, the clutch gear 4 can be connected to the rotary drive section 3 by fitting the convex portion 43 into the concave portion 35 .
 なお、紐Sに過度の張力が作用してスプール軸部22に過度のトルクが発生した場合には、凸部43が凹部35から外れることで、スプール軸部22に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結が解除できる。これにより、スプール2は、自由に回転して、胴部21に巻き付いた紐Sを早急に緩めることができる。従って、紐Sに作用する張力を直ちに軽減できるので、紐Sのダメージを低減又は防止し、紐Sの高寿命化に貢献できる。 If excessive tension is applied to the string S and excessive torque is generated in the spool shaft portion 22, the convex portion 43 is disengaged from the concave portion 35, thereby disconnecting the clutch gear 4 from the spool shaft portion 22. can. As a result, the spool 2 can be freely rotated and the string S wound around the body portion 21 can be quickly loosened. Therefore, since the tension acting on the string S can be immediately reduced, damage to the string S can be reduced or prevented, and the life of the string S can be extended.
 好ましくは、凸部43及び凹部35のうちの少なくともどちらかは、回転軸J1を基準とする径方向から見て、テーパ形状を有する。このテーパ形状では、上下方向における上記一方から上記他方に向かうにつれて、上下方向及び径方向と垂直な方向Dvにおける幅Wが狭くなる。図10Aは、径方向から見た凹部35に対する凸部43の嵌め合いの一例を示す断面図である。図10Bは、径方向から見た凹部35に対する凸部43の嵌め合いの他の一例を示す断面図である。なお、回転軸J1を基準とする径方向から見て、凹部35及び凸部43のテーパ形状はそれぞれ、図10Aのように台形状であってもよいし、図10Bのように三角形状であってもよい。 Preferably, at least one of the convex portion 43 and the concave portion 35 has a tapered shape when viewed from the radial direction with respect to the rotation axis J1. In this tapered shape, the width W in the direction Dv perpendicular to the vertical direction and the radial direction becomes narrower from the one side to the other side in the vertical direction. FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of fitting of the convex portion 43 to the concave portion 35 as seen from the radial direction. FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view showing another example of fitting of the convex portion 43 to the concave portion 35 as seen from the radial direction. The tapered shape of the concave portion 35 and the convex portion 43 may be a trapezoidal shape as shown in FIG. 10A or a triangular shape as shown in FIG. may
 図10A及び図10Bでは、凹部35は、少なくとも方向Dvの一方(以下、方向Dv1と呼ぶ。)を向く内側面351と、少なくとも方向Dvの他方(以下、方向Dv2と呼ぶ。)を向く内側面352と、を有する。凸部43は、少なくとも方向Dv1を向く外側面431と、少なくとも方向Dv2を向く外側面432と、を有する。凹部35の内側面352、及び、凸部43の外側面431は、方向Dvにおいて互いに対向するとともに、上下方向と斜めに交差し、径方向から見て上方Duに向かうにつれて方向Dv2に延びる。凹部35の内側面351、及び、凸部43の外側面432は、方向Dvにおいて互いに対向するとともに、上下方向と斜めに交差し、径方向から見て上方Duに向かうにつれて方向Dv1に延びる。そのため、回転軸J1を基準とする径方向から見て、上下方向と垂直且つ径方向と平行な方向における凹部35及び凸部43の幅はそれぞれ、上方Duに向かうにつれて狭くなる。好ましくは、凸部43の外側面431は、凹部35の周方向一方Dv1側の内側面352と平行である。また、凸部43の外側面432は、凹部35の周方向他方Dv2側の内側面351と平行である。 10A and 10B, the recess 35 has an inner surface 351 facing at least one direction Dv (hereinafter referred to as direction Dv1) and an inner surface facing at least the other direction Dv (hereinafter referred to as direction Dv2). 352 and . The convex portion 43 has an outer side surface 431 facing at least the direction Dv1 and an outer side surface 432 facing at least the direction Dv2. The inner side surface 352 of the concave portion 35 and the outer side surface 431 of the convex portion 43 face each other in the direction Dv, obliquely intersect the vertical direction, and extend in the direction Dv2 toward the upper side Du when viewed in the radial direction. The inner side surface 351 of the concave portion 35 and the outer side surface 432 of the convex portion 43 face each other in the direction Dv, obliquely intersect the vertical direction, and extend in the direction Dv1 toward the upper Du when viewed in the radial direction. Therefore, when viewed from the radial direction with respect to the rotation axis J1, the widths of the concave portion 35 and the convex portion 43 in the direction perpendicular to the vertical direction and parallel to the radial direction become narrower toward the upper Du. Preferably, the outer side surface 431 of the convex portion 43 is parallel to the inner side surface 352 of the concave portion 35 on the one Dv1 side in the circumferential direction. Further, the outer side surface 432 of the convex portion 43 is parallel to the inner side surface 351 of the concave portion 35 on the other circumferential direction Dv2 side.
 このようなテーパ形状とすることにより、連結された回転駆動部3及びクラッチギヤ4間で所定閾値以上のトルクが伝達される際に、凸部43は、凹部35から確実に外れることができる。また、この際、凹部35の内側面351,352に対して凸部43の外側面431,432が上下方向のうちの上記他方のギヤから上記一方のギヤへの向き(図10A及び図10Bでは下方Dd)に滑るので、凹部35及び凸部43の変形、破損などが生じ難くなる。 With such a tapered shape, the convex portion 43 can be reliably disengaged from the concave portion 35 when a torque equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold is transmitted between the coupled rotary drive portion 3 and clutch gear 4 . Also, at this time, the outer side surfaces 431 and 432 of the convex portion 43 are aligned with respect to the inner side surfaces 351 and 352 of the concave portion 35 in the vertical direction from the other gear to the one gear (in FIGS. 10A and 10B, Since it slides downward Dd), deformation and breakage of the concave portion 35 and the convex portion 43 are less likely to occur.
 なお、凸部43及び凹部35の形状は、本実施形態では同一であるが、異なる形状であってもよい。たとえば、方向Dvにおいて凹部43の幅を凸部35の幅よりも大きくすることで、スプール2の回転に遊びを持たせる構造が採用されてもよい。また、本実施形態では、凸部43と凹部35の形状は左右対称であるが、左右非対称でもよい。たとえば、内側面351,352のうちの一方の内側面の上下方向に対する傾きは、他方の内側面よりも大きくてもよい。また、外側面431,432のうちの一方の外側面の上下方向に対する傾きは、他方の外側面よりも大きくてもよい。こうすることで、周方向一方への回転と周方向他方への回転とで、凸部43が凹部35から外れるための所定閾値を変えることができる構造も採用できる。 Although the shapes of the convex portion 43 and the concave portion 35 are the same in this embodiment, they may have different shapes. For example, a structure may be adopted in which the width of the concave portion 43 is made larger than the width of the convex portion 35 in the direction Dv so that the spool 2 rotates with play. Also, in the present embodiment, the shapes of the convex portion 43 and the concave portion 35 are bilaterally symmetrical, but they may be bilaterally asymmetrical. For example, one of the inner surfaces 351 and 352 may have a greater inclination with respect to the vertical direction than the other inner surface. Also, one of the outer surfaces 431 and 432 may be inclined with respect to the vertical direction more than the other outer surface. By doing so, a structure can be adopted in which the predetermined threshold value for removing the projection 43 from the recess 35 can be changed between rotation in one circumferential direction and rotation in the other circumferential direction.
 また、クラッチギヤ4は、図7などに示すように、筒部44をさらに有する。筒部44は、クラッチギヤ4の下端部において、回転軸J1を囲んで下方Ddに延びる。筒部44は、溝部441を有する。溝部441は、径方向内方に凹んで周方向に延びる環状であり、筒部44の径方向外側面に配置される。 In addition, the clutch gear 4 further has a cylindrical portion 44 as shown in FIG. 7 and the like. At the lower end of the clutch gear 4, the cylindrical portion 44 surrounds the rotation axis J1 and extends downward Dd. The tubular portion 44 has a groove portion 441 . The groove portion 441 has an annular shape that is recessed radially inward and extends in the circumferential direction, and is arranged on the radially outer surface of the tubular portion 44 .
  <2-6-4.操作部5>
 次に、図1から図3及び、図6から図7を参照して、操作部5を説明する。操作部5は、ユーザが外部から操作可能な部材である。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、操作部5を備える。操作部5は、ユーザの操作に応じて、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除する。ユーザは、操作部5の操作に応じて回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除することにより、回転駆動部3に対してスプール2を自由に回転させることができる。従って、ユーザは、スプール2を手動で操作できる。たとえば、電力不足、故障などによってレーシングモジュール100を電動で駆動することができなくなっても、スプール2を手動操作可能にすることにより、胴部21に巻かれた紐Sを手動で胴部21から解くことができる。
<2-6-4. Operation unit 5>
Next, the operation unit 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 and 6 to 7. FIG. The operation unit 5 is a member that can be operated externally by the user. As described above, the racing module 100 has the operating section 5 . The operation unit 5 disconnects the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 in accordance with a user's operation. The user can freely rotate the spool 2 with respect to the rotary drive unit 3 by disengaging the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the operation of the operation unit 5 . Therefore, the user can operate the spool 2 manually. For example, even if the racing module 100 cannot be electrically driven due to power shortage, failure, etc., the spool 2 can be manually operated, so that the string S wound around the trunk portion 21 can be manually removed from the trunk portion 21. can be solved.
 操作部5は、ユーザの操作に応じて、クラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に対して離間又は近接させる。こうすれば、簡易な構成で、スプール2を手動で操作可能な状態と、スプール2を電動で駆動可能な状態とに切り替えることができる。たとえば、レーシングモジュール100は、クラッチギヤ4が回転駆動部3に対して離間することにより、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除し、スプール2を手動で操作可能な状態になる。また、レーシングモジュール100は、クラッチギヤ4が回転駆動部3に近接することにより、回転駆動部3に対してクラッチギヤ4を連結し、スプール2を電動で駆動可能な状態になる。 The operation unit 5 separates or brings the clutch gear 4 closer to or away from the rotary drive unit 3 according to the user's operation. By doing so, it is possible to switch between a state in which the spool 2 can be manually operated and a state in which the spool 2 can be driven electrically, with a simple configuration. For example, the racing module 100 disengages the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 by moving the clutch gear 4 away from the rotary drive unit 3, and the spool 2 can be manually operated. In addition, the racing module 100 connects the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 by bringing the clutch gear 4 closer to the rotary drive unit 3 , and enters a state in which the spool 2 can be electrically driven.
 操作部5は、連結部材51と、作動部材52と、線状部材53と、を有する。 The operating portion 5 has a connecting member 51 , an operating member 52 and a linear member 53 .
   <2-6-4-1.連結部材51>
 連結部材51は、クラッチギヤ4に連結される。前述の如く、操作部5は、連結部材51を有する。本実施形態では、連結部材51は、回転軸J1を囲む環状である。連結部材51の径方向内端部は、クラッチギヤ4の溝部441に嵌る。これにより連結部材51は、クラッチギヤ4に対して回転軸J1を中心として周方向において回転可能に連結される。従って、連結部材51がクラッチギヤ4とともに回転することを防止できる。
<2-6-4-1. Connecting member 51>
The connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 . As described above, the operating section 5 has the connecting member 51 . In this embodiment, the connecting member 51 has an annular shape surrounding the rotation axis J1. A radially inner end portion of the connecting member 51 fits into the groove portion 441 of the clutch gear 4 . Thereby, the connecting member 51 is connected to the clutch gear 4 so as to be rotatable in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the connecting member 51 from rotating together with the clutch gear 4 .
   <2-6-4-2.作動部材52>
 作動部材52は、クラッチギヤ4の下方Ddに配置される。作動部材52は、上下方向に貫通する開口部521を有する。作動部材52の開口部521には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。言い換えると、作動部材52は、スプール軸部22よりも径方向外方に配置される。前述の如く、操作部5は、作動部材52を有する。作動部材52は、回転駆動部3に向かって荷重をクラッチギヤ4に与える。上記の荷重によってクラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に向かって移動させることにより、回転駆動部3に対してクラッチギヤ4を連結可能な状態にすることができる。たとえば、ユーザが操作部5を操作しないとき、レーシングモジュール100は、クラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に連結させて、スプール2を電動で駆動することができる。また、上記の荷重により、凸部43が凹部35から容易に外れることを防止できる。さらに、上記の荷重を調節することにより、凸部43が凹部35から外れる際に紐Sに作用する張力を調節できる。つまり、紐Sに作用する張力の上限を調節することができる。
<2-6-4-2. actuating member 52>
The operating member 52 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd. The actuating member 52 has an opening 521 extending therethrough in the vertical direction. The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the opening portion 521 of the operating member 52 . In other words, the operating member 52 is arranged radially outward of the spool shaft portion 22 . As mentioned above, the operating portion 5 has the operating member 52 . The actuating member 52 applies a load to the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive portion 3 . By moving the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with the above load, the clutch gear 4 can be brought into a connectable state with the rotary drive section 3 . For example, when the user does not operate the operating unit 5 , the racing module 100 can couple the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive unit 3 to electrically drive the spool 2 . Moreover, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 43 from easily coming off the recess 35 due to the above load. Furthermore, by adjusting the load, the tension acting on the string S when the protrusion 43 is removed from the recess 35 can be adjusted. That is, the upper limit of the tension acting on the string S can be adjusted.
 本実施形態では、作動部材52は、弾性部材522を含む。弾性部材522は、クラッチギヤ4よりも下方Ddに配置される。弾性部材522の上端部は、クラッチギヤ4に接する。弾性部材522の弾性力を利用することで、作動部材52は、簡易な構成でクラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部3に向かわせることができる。弾性部材522には、本実施形態ではスプリングコイルが採用される。但し、この例示には限定されず、弾性部材522は、板バネであってもよいし、ゴム製の部材であってもよい。 In this embodiment, the actuating member 52 includes an elastic member 522. The elastic member 522 is arranged below the clutch gear 4 Dd. An upper end portion of the elastic member 522 contacts the clutch gear 4 . By utilizing the elastic force of the elastic member 522, the operating member 52 can direct the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive section 3 with a simple configuration. A spring coil is adopted as the elastic member 522 in this embodiment. However, it is not limited to this illustration, and the elastic member 522 may be a plate spring or a member made of rubber.
   <2-6-4-3.線状部材53>
 線状部材53は、少なくとも作動部材52がクラッチギヤ4に与える荷重の方向とは逆の方向に連結部材51から延びる。前述の如く、操作部5は、線状部材53を有する。ユーザが線状部材53を引っ張ることにより、クラッチギヤ4は、連結部材51とともにたとえば下方Ddに移動して、回転駆動部3から離間する。つまり、ユーザは、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除できる。
<2-6-4-3. Linear member 53>
The linear member 53 extends from the connecting member 51 at least in the direction opposite to the direction of the load applied to the clutch gear 4 by the operating member 52 . As described above, the operating section 5 has the linear member 53 . When the user pulls the linear member 53 , the clutch gear 4 moves, for example, downward Dd together with the connecting member 51 to separate from the rotary drive section 3 . In other words, the user can release the connection of the clutch gear 4 with the rotary drive unit 3 .
 線状部材53は、本実施形態では、一端が連結部材51に連結されたワイヤである。線状部材53は、孔部1412、シール部材145の孔部、及び孔部1441を通じて、ケーシング14の内部から外部に引き出される。なお、前述の如く、ケーシング14は、孔部1412、シール部材145の孔部、及び孔部1441を有する。なお、孔部1412、シール部材145の孔部、及び孔部1441は、本発明の「孔部」の一例である。孔部1412、シール部材145の孔部、及び孔部1441を通じて線状部材53の他端をケーシング14の外部に引き出すことにより、ユーザは、ケーシング14の外部から操作部5を操作できる。 The linear member 53 is a wire with one end connected to the connecting member 51 in this embodiment. The linear member 53 is pulled out from the inside of the casing 14 to the outside through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 , and the hole 1441 . As described above, the casing 14 has the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 and the hole 1441 . The hole 1412, the hole of the sealing member 145, and the hole 1441 are examples of the "hole" in the present invention. By pulling the other end of the linear member 53 out of the casing 14 through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 , and the hole 1441 , the user can operate the operation unit 5 from the outside of the casing 14 .
 好ましくは、線状部材53は、複数である。各々の線状部材53と連結部材51との接続部分は、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向において等間隔に配置される。こうすれば、ユーザは、各々の線状部材53を同時に引っ張ることにより、上下方向に延びる回転軸J1と平行にクラッチギヤ4を移動させることができる。従って、上下方向に延びるスプール軸部22に対してクラッチギヤ4を引っ掛かりなく移動させることができる。よって、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結解除をスムーズに実施できる。なお、線状部材53は、本実施形態では2本であるが、この例示に限定されず、3以上の複数であってもよい。また、上述の例示は、線状部材53が単数である構成、及び、複数の線状部材53が周方向において異なる間隔で配置される構成を排除しない。 Preferably, the linear members 53 are plural. Connection portions between the respective linear members 53 and the connecting members 51 are arranged at regular intervals in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis J1. In this way, the user can pull the linear members 53 simultaneously to move the clutch gear 4 parallel to the rotation axis J1 extending in the vertical direction. Therefore, the clutch gear 4 can be moved with respect to the vertically extending spool shaft portion 22 without being caught. Therefore, it is possible to smoothly disengage the clutch gear 4 from the rotary drive unit 3 . Although the number of linear members 53 is two in this embodiment, the number of linear members 53 is not limited to this example, and may be three or more. Moreover, the above-mentioned illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the linear member 53 is singular and the configuration in which a plurality of linear members 53 are arranged at different intervals in the circumferential direction.
  <2-6-5.規制部6>
 規制部6は、回転軸J1を囲む環状の金具である。規制部6には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。規制部6の径方向内端部は、スプール軸部22の上溝部223に収容される。規制部6は、上下方向においてウォームホイールギヤ31とクラッチギヤ4との間に配置され、回転駆動部3のギヤ凹部32の下方Ddを向く底面と接する。これにより、規制部6は、回転駆動部3の下方Ddへの移動を規制する。
<2-6-5. Regulation part 6>
The restricting portion 6 is an annular metal fitting surrounding the rotating shaft J1. The spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the restricting portion 6 . A radially inner end portion of the restricting portion 6 is accommodated in the upper groove portion 223 of the spool shaft portion 22 . The restricting portion 6 is arranged between the worm wheel gear 31 and the clutch gear 4 in the vertical direction, and is in contact with the bottom surface of the gear concave portion 32 of the rotation driving portion 3 facing downward Dd. Thereby, the restricting portion 6 restricts the movement of the rotation driving portion 3 downward Dd.
  <2-6-6.支持部材7>
 支持部材7は、回転軸J1を囲む環状の金具であり、弾性部材522の下端部と接する。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、支持部材7を備える。支持部材7は、弾性部材522の下端部を支持する。詳細には、支持部材7には、スプール軸部22が挿通される。支持部材7の径方向内端部は、スプール軸部22の下溝部224に収容される。支持部材7を配置することにより、レーシングモジュール100は、弾性部材522の伸縮範囲を規制できる。たとえば、弾性部材522の上端部は、クラッチギヤ4に接する。この上端部の上方Duへの移動は、回転駆動部3により規制される。また、弾性部材522の下端部の下方Ddへの移動は、支持部材7により規制される。従って、レーシングモジュール100は、支持部材7の上下方向位置により弾性部材522の伸縮範囲を決定できるので、弾性部材522の弾性力を所望の値に設計できる。
<2-6-6. Support member 7>
The support member 7 is an annular metal fitting that surrounds the rotation axis J1 and is in contact with the lower end of the elastic member 522 . As mentioned above, the lacing module 100 comprises the support member 7. As shown in FIG. The support member 7 supports the lower end of the elastic member 522 . Specifically, the spool shaft portion 22 is inserted through the support member 7 . A radial inner end portion of the support member 7 is accommodated in the lower groove portion 224 of the spool shaft portion 22 . By arranging the support member 7 , the lacing module 100 can regulate the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 . For example, the upper end of elastic member 522 contacts clutch gear 4 . The movement of the upper end portion upward Du is regulated by the rotary drive portion 3 . Further, the movement of the lower end portion of the elastic member 522 downward Dd is restricted by the support member 7 . Therefore, in the racing module 100, the elastic force of the elastic member 522 can be designed to a desired value because the elastic member 522 can be expanded and contracted depending on the vertical position of the support member 7. FIG.
 なお、本実施形態の例示に限定されず、支持部材7は、ケーシング14の底板部141の一部であってもよい。つまり、弾性部材522の下端部は底板部141により支持されてもよく、その下端部の下方Ddへの移動は底板部141により規制されてもよい。 Note that the support member 7 may be a part of the bottom plate portion 141 of the casing 14 without being limited to the example of this embodiment. That is, the bottom plate portion 141 may support the lower end portion of the elastic member 522 , and the bottom plate portion 141 may restrict the movement of the lower end portion downward Dd.
 また、変形例として、レーシングモジュール100には、規制部6がクラッチギヤ4とも接触する構成も採用できる。これにより、レーシングモジュール100は、支持部材7に加えて規制部6によっても、弾性部材522の伸縮範囲をさらに規制できる。 As a modified example, the racing module 100 may employ a configuration in which the restricting portion 6 also contacts the clutch gear 4 . Thereby, the racing module 100 can further restrict the expansion and contraction range of the elastic member 522 not only by the support member 7 but also by the restriction portion 6 .
 <2-7.制限歯車8>
 次に、図1及び図9を参照して、制限歯車8を説明する。図9は、各々のギヤの噛み合いを示す斜視図である。
<2-7. Limit gear 8>
Next, the limit gear 8 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 9. FIG. FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing engagement of each gear.
 制限歯車8は、ギヤ軸J2を中心として回転可能であり、回転駆動部3の間欠歯車36と噛み合う。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、制限歯車8を備える。制限歯車8は、図9に示すように、上板部143の軸部1432により回転可能に支持され、軸部1432からギヤ軸J2を基準とする径方向外方に広がる。 The limit gear 8 is rotatable around the gear shaft J2 and meshes with the intermittent gear 36 of the rotation drive section 3. As previously mentioned, the lacing module 100 comprises a limit gear 8. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 9, the limit gear 8 is rotatably supported by a shaft portion 1432 of the upper plate portion 143 and extends radially outward from the shaft portion 1432 with the gear axis J2 as a reference.
 制限歯車8は、複数の第2歯81と、第1制限歯82と、第2制限歯83と、を有する。複数の第2歯81は、ギヤ軸J2を中心とする周方向に並ぶ。第1制限歯82は、最も周方向一方に配置される第2歯81と周方向に隣り合って並ぶ。第2制限歯83は、最も周方向他方に配置される第2歯81と周方向に隣り合って並ぶ。制限歯車8の第2歯81、第1制限歯82、及び第2制限歯83は、回転駆動部3の第1歯361と噛み合い可能である。第1制限歯82及び第2制限歯83の歯厚は、間欠歯車36の周方向に隣り合う第1歯361間の歯溝の幅よりも大きい。 The limit gear 8 has a plurality of second teeth 81, first limit teeth 82, and second limit teeth 83. The plurality of second teeth 81 are arranged in a circumferential direction around the gear shaft J2. The first restricting tooth 82 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on one side in the circumferential direction. The second restricting tooth 83 is circumferentially adjacent to the second tooth 81 arranged on the other side in the circumferential direction. The second tooth 81 , the first limit tooth 82 , and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 are meshable with the first tooth 361 of the rotary drive section 3 . The tooth thickness of the first limiting tooth 82 and the second limiting tooth 83 is greater than the width of the tooth space between the circumferentially adjacent first teeth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 .
 こうすれば、制限歯車8の第2歯81が回転駆動部3の第1歯361と噛み合う時には、回転駆動部3のウォームホイールギヤ31は回転できる。従って、回転駆動部3がクラッチギヤ4と連結されていれば、スプール2は、紐Sを胴部21に巻き付けたり胴部21に巻き付いた紐Sを解いたりすることができる。一方、制限歯車8の第1制限歯82又は第2制限歯83が第1歯361と噛み合うと、ウォームホイールギヤ31は回転できなくなる。そのため、スプール2は、紐Sを巻き付けたり解いたりすることはできなくなる。従って、制限歯車8がクラッチギヤ4と噛み合うことにより、レーシングモジュール100が紐Sを巻き取る範囲及び紐Sを解く範囲を決定できる。 In this way, when the second tooth 81 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 of the rotary drive section 3, the worm wheel gear 31 of the rotary drive section 3 can rotate. Therefore, if the rotation driving portion 3 is connected to the clutch gear 4, the spool 2 can wind the string S around the body portion 21 and untie the string S wound around the body portion 21. - 特許庁On the other hand, when the first limit tooth 82 or the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361, the worm wheel gear 31 cannot rotate. Therefore, the spool 2 becomes unable to wind and unwind the string S. Therefore, by meshing the limit gear 8 with the clutch gear 4, the range in which the racing module 100 winds the string S and the range in which the string S is unwound can be determined.
 さらに、制限歯車8の第1制限歯82及び第2制限歯83の一方が回転駆動部3の間欠歯車36の第1歯361と噛み合う状態をレーシングモジュール100が紐Sを巻き取る範囲の起点とすることができる。また、制限歯車8の第1制限歯82及び第2制限歯83の他方が第1歯361と噛み合う状態をレーシングモジュール100が紐Sを解く範囲の起点とすることができる。 Furthermore, the state in which one of the first and second limiting teeth 82 and 83 of the limiting gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 of the intermittent gear 36 of the rotary drive unit 3 is defined as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 winds the string S. can do. Also, the state in which the other of the first limit tooth 82 and the second limit tooth 83 of the limit gear 8 meshes with the first tooth 361 can be used as the starting point of the range in which the racing module 100 unties the string S.
<2-8.実施形態の変形例>
 次に、実施形態の第1変形例及び第2変形例を説明する。なお、以下では、上述の実施形態及び他の変形例と異なる構成について説明する。また、上述の実施形態及び他の変形例と同様の構成要素には同じ符号を付し、その説明を省略することがある。なお、実施形態とその第1変形例及び第2変形例とは、矛盾が生じない限りにおいて、組み合わせて実施可能である。
<2-8. Modification of Embodiment>
Next, a first modified example and a second modified example of the embodiment will be described. In addition, below, the structure different from the above-mentioned embodiment and other modified examples is demonstrated. In addition, the same reference numerals may be given to the same components as those of the above-described embodiment and other modifications, and the description thereof may be omitted. It should be noted that the embodiment and its first and second modifications can be implemented in combination as long as there is no contradiction.
 <2-8-1.第1変形例>
 第1変形例では、磁石523と磁性体37との引き合いにより、回転駆動部3に向かう荷重が、クラッチギヤ4に与えられる。図11は、第1変形例に係る作動部材52の構成例を示す断面図である。
<2-8-1. First modification>
In the first modified example, the attraction between the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 applies a load directed toward the rotary drive unit 3 to the clutch gear 4 . FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an operating member 52 according to a first modified example.
 作動部材52は、弾性部材522に代えて、磁石523を有する。また、回転駆動部3は、磁性体37を有する。図11では、磁性体37は、磁石523と上下方向に対向して配置される。磁石523及び磁性体37はそれぞれ、複数であって、回転軸J1を中心とする周方向に配置できる。或いは、磁石523及び磁性体37の少なくとも一方は、周方向に延びる環状であってもよい。また、磁石523は、図11では、クラッチギヤ4の表面(上面)に露出する。磁性体37は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の表面(下面)に露出する。但し、これらの例示に限定されず、磁石523は、クラッチギヤ4の内部又は外部に配置されてもよい。また、磁性体37は、ウォームホイールギヤ31の内部又は外部に配置されてもよい。或いは、ウォームホイールギヤ31の材料が、磁性体材料であってもよい。 The operating member 52 has a magnet 523 instead of the elastic member 522 . Further, the rotation drive section 3 has a magnetic body 37 . In FIG. 11, the magnetic body 37 is arranged to vertically face the magnet 523 . A plurality of magnets 523 and magnetic bodies 37 can be arranged in the circumferential direction around the rotation axis J1. Alternatively, at least one of the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 may have a ring shape extending in the circumferential direction. Also, the magnet 523 is exposed on the surface (upper surface) of the clutch gear 4 in FIG. The magnetic body 37 is exposed on the surface (lower surface) of the worm wheel gear 31 . However, it is not limited to these examples, and the magnet 523 may be arranged inside or outside the clutch gear 4 . Also, the magnetic body 37 may be arranged inside or outside the worm wheel gear 31 . Alternatively, the material of the worm wheel gear 31 may be a magnetic material.
 また、図11の例示に限定されず、磁性体37がクラッチギヤ4側に配置され、磁石523が回転駆動部3側に配置されてもよい。つまり、作動部材52は、磁石523と、磁石523と上下方向に対向して配置される磁性体37とのうちの一方であってもよい。また、回転駆動部3は、磁石523及び磁性体37のうちの他方を有してもよい。こうすれば、磁石523及び磁性体37間の磁気的な引力により、作動部材52は、クラッチギヤ4を回転駆動部に向かわせることができる。 Further, the magnetic body 37 may be arranged on the clutch gear 4 side, and the magnet 523 may be arranged on the rotary drive section 3 side, without being limited to the example shown in FIG. 11 . That is, the operating member 52 may be one of the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 arranged to face the magnet 523 in the vertical direction. Also, the rotation drive section 3 may have the other of the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 . In this way, the magnetic attraction between the magnet 523 and the magnetic body 37 allows the actuating member 52 to direct the clutch gear 4 toward the rotary drive portion.
 なお、第1変形例では、弾性部材522及び支持部材7などは、図11では省略されるが、この例示に限定されず、省略されなくてもよい。 Although the elastic member 522 and the support member 7 are omitted in FIG. 11 in the first modified example, they are not limited to this illustration and may not be omitted.
 <2-8-2.第2変形例>
 第2変形例では、ユーザは、ケーシング14の外部に設けられた部材を操作することにより、回転駆動部3及びクラッチギヤ4間の連結を解除できる。図12は、第2変形例に係る操作部5の構成例を示す断面図である。
<2-8-2. Second modification>
In the second modification, the user can release the connection between the rotary drive unit 3 and the clutch gear 4 by operating a member provided outside the casing 14 . FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of the operation unit 5 according to the second modified example.
 第2変形例では、レーシングモジュール100は、プーリ91と、ボビン92と、操作シャフト93と、ボビン操作部材94と、をさらに備える。ケーシング14は、プーリ91を収容する。また、ケーシング14は、スプール軸部22の少なくとも一部、回転駆動部3、クラッチギヤ4、操作部5、及びボビン92を収容する。レーシングモジュール100は、ケーシング14を備える。 In the second modified example, the racing module 100 further includes a pulley 91, a bobbin 92, an operating shaft 93, and a bobbin operating member 94. Casing 14 houses pulley 91 . Further, the casing 14 houses at least part of the spool shaft portion 22 , the rotary drive portion 3 , the clutch gear 4 , the operating portion 5 and the bobbin 92 . Racing module 100 comprises a casing 14 .
 プーリ91は、底板部141の上面と平行な方向に延びる軸(図示省略)を中心に回転可能であり、底板部141の上面に配置される。プーリ91には、線状部材53が引っ掛けられる。プーリ91は、連結部材51から下方Ddに延びる線状部材53をボビン92に向けて延ばす。 The pulley 91 is rotatable around an axis (not shown) extending in a direction parallel to the top surface of the bottom plate portion 141 and is arranged on the top surface of the bottom plate portion 141 . A linear member 53 is hooked on the pulley 91 . The pulley 91 extends a linear member 53 extending downward Dd from the connecting member 51 toward the bobbin 92 .
 ボビン92は、所定軸J3を中心に回転可能であって、所定軸J3に対する径方向外側面に線状部材53を巻き付け可能である。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、ボビン92を備える。ボビン92は、底板部141の上面に配置される。所定軸J3は、底板部141の上面の法線方向に沿って延びる。 The bobbin 92 is rotatable around the predetermined axis J3, and can wind the linear member 53 around the outer surface in the radial direction with respect to the predetermined axis J3. As previously mentioned, lacing module 100 includes bobbin 92 . The bobbin 92 is arranged on the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 . The predetermined axis J3 extends along the normal direction of the upper surface of the bottom plate portion 141 .
 操作シャフト93は、所定軸J3に沿って延びる。操作シャフト93は、孔部1412、シール部材145の孔部、及び孔部1441を通じて、ケーシング14の外部から内部に挿通される。なお、シール部材145は、操作シャフト93及び孔部1412、1441間の隙間をシールする。操作シャフト93の上端部は、ボビン92に固定される。操作シャフト93は、所定軸J3を中心としてボビン92及びボビン操作部材94とともに回転可能であり、底板部141及び下板部144によって支持される。 The operating shaft 93 extends along the predetermined axis J3. The operation shaft 93 is inserted from the outside to the inside of the casing 14 through the hole 1412 , the hole of the seal member 145 and the hole 1441 . In addition, the seal member 145 seals the gap between the operation shaft 93 and the holes 1412 and 1441 . The upper end of the operating shaft 93 is fixed to the bobbin 92 . The operation shaft 93 is rotatable about the predetermined axis J3 together with the bobbin 92 and the bobbin operation member 94, and is supported by the bottom plate portion 141 and the lower plate portion 144. As shown in FIG.
 ボビン操作部材94は、操作シャフト93の下端部に固定される。ボビン操作部材94は、ケーシング14の外部に配置され、ユーザの操作に応じてボビン92を回転させる。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール100は、ボビン操作部材94を備える。ユーザは、ボビン操作部材94を周方向一方に回転させることにより、ボビン92に線状部材53を巻き付けることができる。また、ユーザは、ボビン操作部材94を周方向他方に回転させることにより、ボビン92から線状部材53を解くこともできる。 The bobbin operating member 94 is fixed to the lower end of the operating shaft 93 . The bobbin operating member 94 is arranged outside the casing 14 and rotates the bobbin 92 according to the user's operation. As previously mentioned, lacing module 100 includes bobbin operating member 94 . The user can wind the linear member 53 around the bobbin 92 by rotating the bobbin operating member 94 in one circumferential direction. The user can also untie the linear member 53 from the bobbin 92 by rotating the bobbin operating member 94 in the other circumferential direction.
 第2変形例の構成によれば、ボビン操作部材94の操作に応じたボビン92の回転により、線状部材53は、ボビン92に巻き付けられる。これに伴う線状部材53の引っ張りによって、クラッチギヤ4は、回転駆動部3から離間する。従って、線状部材53をケーシング14の外部に引き出さなくても、ケーシング14の外部に配置されたボビン操作部材94の操作により、回転駆動部3に対するクラッチギヤ4の連結を解除できる。 According to the configuration of the second modification, the linear member 53 is wound around the bobbin 92 by the rotation of the bobbin 92 according to the operation of the bobbin operation member 94 . Due to the pulling of the linear member 53 accompanying this, the clutch gear 4 is separated from the rotary drive section 3 . Therefore, even if the linear member 53 is not pulled out of the casing 14 , the clutch gear 4 can be disconnected from the rotary drive section 3 by operating the bobbin operation member 94 arranged outside the casing 14 .
 なお、ユーザがボビン操作部材94を操作しないとき、上方Duに向かう荷重が、作動部材52によって連結部材51に与えられる。そのため、線状部材53がボビン92から解かれ、連結部材51がクラッチギヤ4とともに上方Duへ移動可能となる。ウォームホイールギヤ31の回転により凹部35及び凸部43の周方向位置が一致すると、凸部43が凹部35に嵌ることでクラッチギヤ4が回転駆動部3に連結される。 Note that when the user does not operate the bobbin operation member 94, a load directed upward Du is applied to the connection member 51 by the operation member 52. Therefore, the linear member 53 is released from the bobbin 92, and the connecting member 51 can move upward Du together with the clutch gear 4. As shown in FIG. When the circumferential positions of the concave portion 35 and the convex portion 43 coincide with each other due to the rotation of the worm wheel gear 31 , the convex portion 43 fits into the concave portion 35 , thereby coupling the clutch gear 4 to the rotary drive portion 3 .
<まとめ>
 本発明は、以下の構成を有する。
(1)紐を巻き付け可能な胴部と、上下方向に延びる回転軸に沿って延びるスプール軸部と、
を有するスプールと、
 前記回転軸を中心として回転可能な回転駆動部と、
 前記回転駆動部と連結可能なクラッチギヤと、
 ユーザが外部から操作可能な操作部と、
を備え、
 前記スプール軸部は、前記胴部及び前記クラッチギヤとともに、前記回転軸を中心にして回転可能であり、
 前記操作部は、前記ユーザの操作に応じて、前記回転駆動部に対する前記クラッチギヤの連結を解除する、レーシングモジュール。
(2)前記回転駆動部及び前記クラッチギヤの一方は、他方に向かって突出する凸部を有し、
 前記他方は、前記一方から前記他方に向かって凹む凹部を有する、(1)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(3)前記凸部及び前記凹部のうちの少なくともどちらかは、径方向から見て、上下方向における前記一方から前記他方に向かうにつれて、上下方向及び径方向と垂直な方向における幅が狭くなるテーパ形状を有する、(2)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(4)モータのシャフトとともに回転可能なウォームギヤをさらに備え、
 前記回転駆動部は、前記ウォームギヤと噛み合うウォームホイールギヤを有する、(1)から(3)のいずれかに記載のレーシングモジュール。
(5)前記クラッチギヤは、前記回転駆動部と上下方向に対向し、前記スプール軸部の径方向外端部に対して上下方向に移動可能に連結され、
 前記操作部は、前記ユーザの操作に応じて、前記クラッチギヤを前記回転駆動部に対して離間又は近接させる、(1)から(4)のいずれかに記載のレーシングモジュール。
(6)前記操作部は、前記回転駆動部に向かって荷重を前記クラッチギヤに与える作動部材を有する、(1)から(5)のいずれかに記載のレーシングモジュール。
(7)前記作動部材は、前記クラッチギヤよりも下方に配置される弾性部材を含む、(6)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(8)前記支持部材は、前記弾性部材の下端部を支持する、(7)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(9)前記作動部材は、磁石と、前記磁石と上下方向に対向して配置される磁性体とのうちの一方であり、
 前記回転駆動部は、前記磁石及び前記磁性体のうちの他方を有する、(6)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(10)前記操作部は、
  前記クラッチギヤに連結される連結部材と、
  少なくとも前記作動部材が前記クラッチギヤに与える前記荷重の方向とは逆の方向に前記連結部材から延びる線状部材と、
を有する、(6)から(9)のいずれかに記載のレーシングモジュール。
(11)前記連結部材は、前記クラッチギヤに対して前記回転軸を中心として周方向において回転可能に連結される、(10)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(12)前記線状部材は、複数であって、
 各々の前記線状部材と前記連結部材との接続部分は、前記回転軸を中心とする周方向において等間隔に配置される、(10)又は(11)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(13)前記スプール軸部の少なくとも一部、前記回転駆動部、前記クラッチギヤ、及び前記操作部を収容するケーシングをさらに備え、
 前記ケーシングは、前記線状部材が前記ケーシングの内部から外部に引き出される孔部を有する、(10)から(12)のいずれかに記載のレーシングモジュール。
(14)前記線状部材及び前記孔部間の隙間をシールするシール部材をさらに備える、(13)に記載のレーシングモジュール。
(15)所定軸を中心に回転可能であって、前記所定軸に対する径方向外側面に前記線状部材を巻き付け可能なボビンと、
 前記スプール軸部の少なくとも一部、前記回転駆動部、前記クラッチギヤ、前記操作部、及び前記ボビンを収容するケーシングと、
 前記ケーシングの外部に配置され、ユーザの操作に応じて前記ボビンを回転させるボビン操作部材と、
をさらに備える、(10)から(12)のいずれかに記載のレーシングモジュール。
<Summary>
The present invention has the following configurations.
(1) a body on which a string can be wound, a spool shaft extending along a rotation axis extending in the vertical direction,
a spool having
a rotary drive unit rotatable about the rotary shaft;
a clutch gear connectable with the rotary drive unit;
an operation unit that can be operated externally by a user;
with
The spool shaft is rotatable about the rotation shaft together with the body and the clutch gear,
The racing module, wherein the operation unit disconnects the clutch gear from the rotary drive unit according to the user's operation.
(2) one of the rotary drive unit and the clutch gear has a protrusion projecting toward the other;
The racing module according to (1), wherein the other has a recess recessed from the one toward the other.
(3) At least one of the convex portion and the concave portion is a taper in which the width in the vertical direction and the direction perpendicular to the radial direction narrows from the one to the other in the vertical direction when viewed in the radial direction. The lacing module of (2), having a shape.
(4) further comprising a worm gear rotatable with the shaft of the motor;
The racing module according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the rotary drive section has a worm wheel gear that meshes with the worm gear.
(5) the clutch gear faces the rotary drive portion in the vertical direction and is connected to the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft portion so as to be movable in the vertical direction;
The racing module according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein the operating section moves the clutch gear away from or close to the rotary drive section according to the user's operation.
(6) The racing module according to any one of (1) to (5), wherein the operation section has an operating member that applies a load to the clutch gear toward the rotary drive section.
(7) The racing module according to (6), wherein the operating member includes an elastic member arranged below the clutch gear.
(8) The racing module according to (7), wherein the support member supports the lower end of the elastic member.
(9) the actuating member is one of a magnet and a magnetic body disposed vertically facing the magnet;
(6) The racing module according to (6), wherein the rotational drive section has the other of the magnet and the magnetic body.
(10) The operation unit
a connecting member connected to the clutch gear;
a linear member extending from the connecting member at least in a direction opposite to the direction of the load applied to the clutch gear by the operating member;
The racing module according to any one of (6) to (9), having
(11) The racing module according to (10), wherein the connecting member is rotatably connected to the clutch gear in the circumferential direction about the rotation shaft.
(12) The linear member is plural,
The racing module according to (10) or (11), wherein connecting portions between the respective linear members and the connecting members are arranged at regular intervals in a circumferential direction about the rotation axis.
(13) further comprising a casing housing at least part of the spool shaft portion, the rotary drive portion, the clutch gear, and the operating portion;
The racing module according to any one of (10) to (12), wherein the casing has a hole through which the linear member is pulled out from the interior of the casing.
(14) The racing module according to (13), further comprising a sealing member that seals a gap between the linear member and the hole.
(15) a bobbin that is rotatable about a predetermined axis and capable of winding the linear member around an outer surface in a radial direction with respect to the predetermined axis;
a casing that houses at least part of the spool shaft, the rotary drive unit, the clutch gear, the operating unit, and the bobbin;
a bobbin operation member that is arranged outside the casing and rotates the bobbin according to a user's operation;
A lacing module according to any one of (10) to (12), further comprising:
 以下に図面を参照して第3発明の例示的な実施形態を説明する。 An exemplary embodiment of the third invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
 なお、本明細書では、レーシングモジュール1000において後述する中心軸CAが延びる方向を「軸方向」と呼ぶ。軸方向のうち、後述する胴部210からガイド部材410への向きを「軸方向一方Da1」と呼び、ガイド部材410から胴部210への向きを「軸方向他方Da2」と呼ぶ。 In this specification, the direction in which the central axis CA, which will be described later, extends in the racing module 1000 is called "axial direction". Of the axial directions, the direction from body portion 210 to guide member 410, which will be described later, is referred to as "one axial direction Da1", and the direction from guide member 410 to body portion 210 is referred to as "other axial direction Da2".
 また、中心軸CAなどの所定の軸と垂直な方向を「径方向」と呼び、所定の軸を中心とする回転方向を「周方向」と呼ぶ。径方向のうち、所定の軸へと近づく向きを「径方向内方」と呼び、所定の軸から離れる向きを「径方向外方」と呼ぶ。また、特に中心軸CAを中心とする周方向を「周方向Dr」と呼ぶ。周方向Drのうち、一方の向きを「周方向一方Dr1」と呼び、他方の向きを「周方向他方Dr2」と呼ぶ。 Also, the direction perpendicular to a predetermined axis such as the central axis CA is called the "radial direction", and the direction of rotation about the predetermined axis is called the "circumferential direction". Among the radial directions, the direction toward a predetermined axis is called "radially inward", and the direction away from the predetermined axis is called "radial outward". In addition, the circumferential direction centering on the central axis CA is called "circumferential direction Dr". Among the circumferential directions Dr, one direction is called "one circumferential direction Dr1", and the other direction is called "the other circumferential direction Dr2".
 また、本明細書において、「環状」は、所定の軸を中心とする周方向の全域に渡って切れ目の無く連続的に一繋がりとなる形状のほか、所定の軸を中心とする全域の一部に1以上の切れ目を有する形状を含む。また、所定の軸を中心として、この軸と交差する曲面において閉曲線を描く形状も含む。 In addition, in this specification, "annular" means a shape that is continuously connected without a break over the entire circumferential direction centered on a predetermined axis, or a shape that is continuous throughout the entire area centered on a predetermined axis. Includes shapes with one or more cuts in the part. It also includes a shape that draws a closed curve on a curved surface that intersects with a predetermined axis as the center.
 また、方位、線、及び面のうちのいずれかと他のいずれかとの位置関係において、「平行」は、両者がどこまで延長しても全く交わらない状態のみならず、実質的に平行である状態を含む。また、「垂直」はそれぞれ、両者が互いに90度で交わる状態のみならず、実質的に垂直である状態を含む。つまり、「平行」及び「垂直」はそれぞれ、両者の位置関係に本発明の主旨を逸脱しない程度の角度ずれがある状態を含む。 In addition, in terms of the positional relationship between any one of azimuth, line, and plane and any other, "parallel" means not only a state in which they do not intersect at all no matter how far they are extended, but also a state in which they are substantially parallel. include. Also, "perpendicular" respectively includes not only the state in which the two intersect each other at 90 degrees, but also the state in which they are substantially perpendicular. In other words, "parallel" and "perpendicular" each include a state in which there is an angular deviation in the positional relationship between the two without departing from the gist of the present invention.
 なお、これらは単に説明のために用いられる名称であって、実際の位置関係、方向、及び名称などを限定する意図はない。 It should be noted that these names are merely used for explanation, and are not intended to limit the actual positional relationships, directions, names, etc.
<3.実施形態>
 図13は、レーシングモジュール1000の構成例を示す断面図である。図14は、レーシングモジュール1000の概略的な構成例を示す斜視図である。図3は、レーシングモジュール1000の用途の一例を示す。なお、図13は、図14の二点鎖線I-Iに沿うレーシングモジュール1000の断面を示す。
<3. embodiment>
FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of the racing module 1000. As shown in FIG. FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration example of the racing module 1000. As shown in FIG. FIG. 3 shows an example application of the racing module 1000 . 13 shows a cross section of the racing module 1000 along the two-dot chain line II in FIG.
<3-1.レーシングモジュール>
 レーシングモジュール1000は、電動で、後述するスプール20に紐Sを巻き付けたり、スプール20から紐Sを解放したりすることができる。本実施形態では図3に示すように、レーシングモジュール1000は、運動靴などの履物200に装着され、履物200の靴紐(つまり紐S)を締め付けたり、緩めたりすることができる。なお、レーシングモジュール1000は、この例示に限定されない。たとえば、レーシングモジュール1000は、紐Sの巻き取り、開放、締め付け、緩めなどを行う物品に搭載可能である。たとえば、レーシングモジュール1000は、取出口を紐Sの締め付けにより閉じるリュックサックなどの荷袋、紐Sの締め付けにより装着されるギブスなどの固定具にも使用できる。
<3-1. Racing module >
The lacing module 1000 can be electrically operated to wind the string S around the spool 20 described later and release the string S from the spool 20 . In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 , the lacing module 1000 is attached to footwear 200 such as athletic shoes, and can tighten or loosen the shoelace (that is, lace S) of the footwear 200 . Note that the racing module 1000 is not limited to this illustration. For example, the lacing module 1000 can be mounted on an article for winding, releasing, tightening, loosening, etc. the string S. For example, the lacing module 1000 can be used for a bag such as a rucksack whose outlet is closed by tightening the string S, and a fixture such as a cast that is attached by tightening the string S.
 レーシングモジュール1000は、モータ110と、ウォームギヤ120と、バッテリー130と、ケーシング140と、を備える。また、レーシングモジュール1000は、スプール20と、ウォームホイールギヤ30と、回転規制機構40と、弾性部材510と、金具520,530と、を備える。なお、スプール20、ウォームホイールギヤ30、回転規制機構40のガイド部材410、弾性部材510、及び金具520,530は、後述するスプール組立体を構成する。また、回転規制機構40の詳細は、後に説明する。 The racing module 1000 includes a motor 110, a worm gear 120, a battery 130, and a casing 140. The racing module 1000 also includes a spool 20, a worm wheel gear 30, a rotation restricting mechanism 40, an elastic member 510, and metal fittings 520 and 530. The spool 20, the worm wheel gear 30, the guide member 410 of the rotation restricting mechanism 40, the elastic member 510, and the metal fittings 520, 530 constitute a spool assembly to be described later. Details of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 will be described later.
 モータ110は、バッテリー130と電気的に接続される。モータ110のシャフト1110は、バッテリー130から供給される電流により、周方向一方又は周方向他方に回転する。 The motor 110 is electrically connected with the battery 130 . A shaft 1110 of the motor 110 rotates in one circumferential direction or in the other circumferential direction by current supplied from the battery 130 .
 ウォームギヤ120は、シャフト1110の回転軸に沿って延び、モータ110のシャフト1110と連結される。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール1000は、ウォームギヤ120を備える。ウォームギヤ120は、モータ110のシャフト1110とともに回転可能である。また、ウォームギヤ120は、ウォームホイールギヤ30及び回転規制機構40を介してスプール20の後述するスプール軸部220と連結される。モータ110の駆動により、ウォームギヤ120が、シャフト1110の回転軸を中心とする周方向に回転する。スプール20は、ウォームギヤ120の回転に連動し、中心軸CAを中心とする周方向Drに回転する。たとえば、モータ110のシャフト1110が周方向一方に回転すると、スプール20が中心軸CAを中心とする周方向一方Dr1に回転し、これにより紐Sはスプール20に巻き取られる。一方、モータ110のシャフト1110が周方向他方に回転すると、スプール20が中心軸CAを中心とする周方向他方Dr2に逆回転し、これにより紐Sは巻き戻されてスプール20から開放される。 The worm gear 120 extends along the rotation axis of the shaft 1110 and is connected with the shaft 1110 of the motor 110 . As previously mentioned, lacing module 1000 includes worm gear 120 . Worm gear 120 is rotatable with shaft 1110 of motor 110 . The worm gear 120 is also connected to a later-described spool shaft portion 220 of the spool 20 via the worm wheel gear 30 and the rotation restricting mechanism 40 . By driving the motor 110 , the worm gear 120 rotates in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis of the shaft 1110 . The spool 20 is interlocked with the rotation of the worm gear 120 and rotates in the circumferential direction Dr around the central axis CA. For example, when the shaft 1110 of the motor 110 rotates in one circumferential direction, the spool 20 rotates in one circumferential direction Dr1 about the central axis CA, whereby the string S is wound around the spool 20 . On the other hand, when the shaft 1110 of the motor 110 rotates in the other circumferential direction, the spool 20 rotates in the other circumferential direction Dr2 about the central axis CA, whereby the string S is unwound and released from the spool 20 .
 バッテリー130は、レーシングモジュール1000の電源部であり、本実施形態ではリチウムイオン電池などの充放電可能な二次電池である。但し、この例示に限定されず、バッテリー130は、一次電池であってもよく、取り換え可能であってもよい。 The battery 130 is the power source of the racing module 1000, and in this embodiment is a rechargeable secondary battery such as a lithium ion battery. However, without being limited to this example, the battery 130 may be a primary battery or may be replaceable.
 ケーシング140は、モータ110、ウォームギヤ120、バッテリー130、スプール軸部220、ウォームホイールギヤ30、回転規制機構40、弾性部材510、及び金具520,530などを内部に収納する。 The casing 140 houses the motor 110, the worm gear 120, the battery 130, the spool shaft 220, the worm wheel gear 30, the rotation restricting mechanism 40, the elastic member 510, the metal fittings 520 and 530, and the like.
 ケーシング140は、第1ケーシング1410と、第2ケーシング1420と、を有する。 The casing 140 has a first casing 1410 and a second casing 1420.
 第1ケーシング1410は、軸方向他方Da2側の端部が開口する箱体である。第1ケーシング1410は、側板部14110と、底板部14120と、を有する。側板部14110は、モータ110、ウォームギヤ120、バッテリー130、スプール軸部220、ウォームホイールギヤ30、及び回転規制機構40などを囲んで、軸方向に延びる。底板部14120は、中心軸CAと交差する方向に広がる。底板部14120の外縁部は、側板部14110の軸方向一方Da1側に接続される。底板部14120は、受け孔1413を有する。受け孔1413は、底板部14120の軸方向他方Da2側の端面に配置されて、軸方向一方Da1に凹む。受け孔1413は、スプール軸部220の軸方向一方Da1側の端部を収容する。 The first casing 1410 is a box with an open end on the other Da2 side in the axial direction. The first casing 1410 has a side plate portion 14110 and a bottom plate portion 14120 . The side plate portion 14110 extends in the axial direction surrounding the motor 110, the worm gear 120, the battery 130, the spool shaft portion 220, the worm wheel gear 30, the rotation restricting mechanism 40, and the like. The bottom plate portion 14120 extends in a direction intersecting with the central axis CA. The outer edge portion of the bottom plate portion 14120 is connected to the one Da1 side of the side plate portion 14110 in the axial direction. The bottom plate portion 14120 has a receiving hole 1413 . The receiving hole 1413 is arranged in the end surface of the bottom plate portion 14120 on the other axial direction Da2 side, and is recessed in the axial direction one Da1. The receiving hole 1413 accommodates the end portion of the spool shaft portion 220 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction.
 第2ケーシング1420は、中心軸CAと交差する方向に広がる板状であり、第1ケーシング1410の軸方向他方Da2側の端部を覆う。第2ケーシング1420は、開口部14210と、筒部14220と、鍔部1423と、を有する。開口部14210は、第2ケーシング1420を軸方向に貫通する。開口部14210の内周面は、中心軸CAを囲む。筒部14220は、開口部14210の軸方向一方Da1側の端部に沿う第1ケーシング1410の縁部から軸方向一方Da1に延びる。開口部14210及び筒部14220には、スプール軸部220が挿通される。鍔部1423は、筒部14220の軸方向一方Da1側の端部から径方向内方に延びる。 The second casing 1420 has a plate-like shape extending in a direction intersecting with the central axis CA, and covers the end of the first casing 1410 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction. The second casing 1420 has an opening 14210 , a cylindrical portion 14220 and a collar portion 1423 . The opening 14210 axially penetrates the second casing 1420 . The inner peripheral surface of opening 14210 surrounds central axis CA. Cylindrical portion 14220 extends in one axial direction Da1 from an edge portion of first casing 1410 along the end portion of opening 14210 on one axial direction Da1 side. The spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the opening portion 14210 and the cylindrical portion 14220 . The collar portion 1423 extends radially inward from the end portion of the cylindrical portion 14220 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction.
<3-2.スプール20>
 次に、図13から図14及び図15から図16を参照して、スプール20を説明する。図15は、例示的なスプール組立体の斜視図である。図16は、例示的なスプール組立体の分解斜視図である。
<3-2. Spool 20>
The spool 20 will now be described with reference to FIGS. 13-14 and 15-16. FIG. 15 is a perspective view of an exemplary spool assembly; FIG. 16 is an exploded perspective view of an exemplary spool assembly;
 スプール20は、紐Sを巻き付け可能な胴部210と、軸方向に延びるスプール軸部220と、を有する。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール1000は、スプール20を備える。 The spool 20 has a body portion 210 around which the string S can be wound, and a spool shaft portion 220 extending in the axial direction. As previously mentioned, lacing module 1000 includes spool 20 .
 胴部210は、スプール軸部220の軸方向他方Da2側の端部に接続され、スプール軸部220とともに回転可能である。胴部210は、第2ケーシング1420よりも軸方向他方Da2に配置され、つまりケーシング140の外部に配置される。 The trunk portion 210 is connected to the end portion of the spool shaft portion 220 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction, and is rotatable together with the spool shaft portion 220 . Body portion 210 is arranged on the other side Da<b>2 in the axial direction relative to second casing 1420 , that is, arranged outside casing 140 .
 スプール軸部220は、軸方向に延びる中心軸CAに沿って延びる。スプール軸部220は、第2ケーシング1420の開口部14210に挿通され、Oリング(符号省略)を介して筒部14220に嵌る。これにより、スプール軸部220は、第2ケーシング1420によって、中心軸CAを中心として回転可能に保持される。スプール軸部220は、胴部210及びウォームホイールギヤ30などとともに、中心軸CAを中心にして回転可能である。 The spool shaft portion 220 extends along the axially extending central axis CA. The spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the opening portion 14210 of the second casing 1420 and fitted into the cylindrical portion 14220 via an O-ring (reference numerals omitted). Thereby, the spool shaft portion 220 is held by the second casing 1420 so as to be rotatable about the central axis CA. The spool shaft portion 220 is rotatable around the central axis CA together with the body portion 210, the worm wheel gear 30, and the like.
 また、スプール軸部220は、接触面部2210と、溝部2220,2230と、を有する。接触面部2210は、スプール軸部220の径方向外端部に配置されて径方向外方に広がり、鍔部1423と軸方向に対向する。接触面部2210が鍔部1423と軸方向に接することで、スプール20の軸方向一方Da1への移動が防止される。溝部2220,2230は、スプール軸部220の径方向外側面に配置され、径方向内方に凹んで周方向Drに延びる。溝部2220は、接触面部2210よりも軸方向一方Da1に配置される。溝部2230は、溝部2220よりも軸方向一方Da1に配置される。詳細には、溝部2230は、スプール軸部220の軸方向一方Da1側の部分において弾性部材510よりも軸方向一方Da1に配置される。 Also, the spool shaft portion 220 has a contact surface portion 2210 and groove portions 2220 and 2230 . The contact surface portion 2210 is arranged at the radially outer end portion of the spool shaft portion 220 , extends radially outward, and faces the flange portion 1423 in the axial direction. The axial contact of the contact surface portion 2210 with the collar portion 1423 prevents the spool 20 from moving in the first axial direction Da1. The grooves 2220 and 2230 are arranged on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft 220, are recessed radially inward, and extend in the circumferential direction Dr. The groove portion 2220 is arranged on the one axial side Da1 from the contact surface portion 2210 . Groove portion 2230 is arranged on one side Da1 in the axial direction from groove portion 2220 . Specifically, the groove portion 2230 is arranged on the one axial direction Da1 side of the elastic member 510 in the portion of the spool shaft portion 220 on the one axial direction Da1 side.
<3-3.ウォームホイールギヤ30>
 次に、図13及び図15から図16を参照して、ウォームホイールギヤ30を説明する。ウォームホイールギヤ30は、スプール軸部220の径方向外端部に固定され、スプール軸部220の径方向外端部から径方向外方に広がる。なお、ウォームホイールギヤ30は、本実施形態ではスプール軸部220とは別体であるが、この例示に限定されず、スプール軸部220と一体であってもよい。
<3-3. Worm wheel gear 30>
Next, the worm wheel gear 30 will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 15 to 16. FIG. The worm wheel gear 30 is fixed to the radially outer end of the spool shaft 220 and spreads radially outward from the radially outer end of the spool shaft 220 . Although the worm wheel gear 30 is separate from the spool shaft portion 220 in this embodiment, it is not limited to this example and may be integrated with the spool shaft portion 220 .
 ウォームホイールギヤ30は、ギヤ貫通孔310と、複数の歯320と、ギヤ凹部330と、を有する。 The worm wheel gear 30 has a gear through hole 310 , a plurality of teeth 320 and gear recesses 330 .
 ギヤ貫通孔310は、ウォームホイールギヤ30を軸方向に貫通する。ギヤ貫通孔310の内周面は、中心軸CAを囲む。ギヤ貫通孔310には、スプール軸部220が挿通される。ギヤ貫通孔310は、ギヤ凹部330と回転規制機構40の後述する貫通孔4111とに繋がる。 The gear through-hole 310 penetrates the worm wheel gear 30 in the axial direction. The inner peripheral surface of gear through-hole 310 surrounds central axis CA. The spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the gear through-hole 310 . The gear through-hole 310 is connected to the gear recessed portion 330 and a through-hole 4111 of the rotation restricting mechanism 40, which will be described later.
 複数の歯320は、ウォームホイールギヤ30の径方向外端部に配置されて周方向Drに並び、ウォームギヤ120の歯と噛み合う。つまり、ウォームホイールギヤ30は、ウォームギヤ120と噛み合う。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール1000は、ウォームホイールギヤ30を備える。これにより、ウォームホイールギヤ30は、ウォームギヤ120の回転に応じて、スプール20とともに中心軸CAを中心とする周方向Drに回転できる。 The plurality of teeth 320 are arranged at the radially outer end of the worm wheel gear 30 and arranged in the circumferential direction Dr, and mesh with the teeth of the worm gear 120 . That is, the worm wheel gear 30 meshes with the worm gear 120 . As mentioned above, the lacing module 1000 includes the worm wheel gear 30. As shown in FIG. Accordingly, the worm wheel gear 30 can rotate in the circumferential direction Dr around the central axis CA together with the spool 20 in accordance with the rotation of the worm gear 120 .
 ギヤ凹部330は、ウォームホイールギヤ30の軸方向一方Da1側の端面に配置され、軸方向他方Da2に凹む。ギヤ凹部330の径方向内方を向く内周面は、中心軸CAを囲む。ギヤ凹部330の軸方向一方Da1を向く底面には、ギヤ貫通孔310の軸方向一方Da1側の端部が配置される。ギヤ凹部330には、ガイド部材410が収容される。 The gear recessed portion 330 is arranged on the end surface of the worm wheel gear 30 on the one axial direction Da1 side and is recessed on the other axial direction Da2 side. An inner peripheral surface of gear recess 330 facing radially inward surrounds central axis CA. An end portion of the gear through-hole 310 on the one axial Da1 side is disposed on the bottom face of the gear recess 330 facing the one axial Da1. A guide member 410 is accommodated in the gear recess 330 .
<3-4.弾性部材510及び金具520,530>
 次に、図13及び図15から図16を参照して、弾性部材510及び金具520,530を説明する。
<3-4. Elastic member 510 and metal fittings 520, 530>
Next, the elastic member 510 and the metal fittings 520, 530 will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 15 to 16. FIG.
 弾性部材510は、ウォームホイールギヤ30及びガイド部材410よりも軸方向一方Da1に配置される。弾性部材510は、軸方向に貫通する開口部5110を有する。弾性部材510の開口部5110には、スプール軸部220が挿通される。言い換えると、弾性部材510は、スプール軸部220よりも径方向外方に配置される。弾性部材510は、ガイド部材410の軸方向一方Da1側の端部に接し、軸方向他方Da2に向かう荷重をウォームホイールギヤ30及びガイド部材410に与える。弾性部材510は、本実施形態ではスプリングコイルである。但し、弾性部材510は、この例示には限定されない。弾性部材510は、少なくとも軸方向に高い弾性を有する部材であればよい。弾性部材510は、たとえば、板バネであってもよいし、ゴム製の部材であってもよい。 The elastic member 510 is arranged on one side Da1 in the axial direction relative to the worm wheel gear 30 and the guide member 410 . The elastic member 510 has an opening 5110 extending axially therethrough. The spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the opening portion 5110 of the elastic member 510 . In other words, elastic member 510 is arranged radially outward of spool shaft portion 220 . The elastic member 510 is in contact with the end of the guide member 410 on the first Da1 side in the axial direction, and applies a load toward the second Da2 in the axial direction to the worm wheel gear 30 and the guide member 410 . The elastic member 510 is a spring coil in this embodiment. However, the elastic member 510 is not limited to this illustration. The elastic member 510 may be a member having high elasticity at least in the axial direction. Elastic member 510 may be, for example, a leaf spring or a member made of rubber.
 金具520,530は、中心軸CAを囲む環状である。金具520,530には、スプール軸部220が挿通される。金具520,530の径方向内端部はそれぞれ、スプール軸部220の溝部2220,2230に収容される。こうすれば、スプール軸部220に金具520,530を容易に取り付けることができる。金具520は、ウォームホイールギヤ30よりも軸方向他方Da2に配置され、ウォームホイールギヤ30の軸方向他方Da2側の端部と接する。金具520は、ウォームホイールギヤ30及びガイド部材410の軸方向他方Da2への移動を防止する。また、金具530は、弾性部材510よりも軸方向一方Da1に配置され、弾性部材510の軸方向一方Da1側の端部と接する。金具530は、弾性部材510の軸方向一方Da1への移動を防止する。 The metal fittings 520, 530 are ring-shaped surrounding the central axis CA. The spool shaft portion 220 is inserted through the fittings 520 and 530 . The radially inner ends of fittings 520 and 530 are accommodated in grooves 2220 and 2230 of spool shaft portion 220, respectively. This makes it possible to easily attach the metal fittings 520 and 530 to the spool shaft portion 220 . The metal fitting 520 is arranged on the other side Da2 in the axial direction relative to the worm wheel gear 30 and is in contact with the end portion of the worm wheel gear 30 on the other side Da2 in the axial direction. The metal fitting 520 prevents the worm wheel gear 30 and the guide member 410 from moving in the other axial direction Da2. In addition, the metal fitting 530 is disposed closer to the one axial direction Da1 than the elastic member 510 and is in contact with the end portion of the elastic member 510 on the one axial direction Da1 side. The metal fitting 530 prevents the elastic member 510 from moving in the one axial direction Da1.
<3-5.回転規制機構40>
 次に、図13及び図15から図16を参照して、回転規制機構40を説明する。回転規制機構40は、スプール20などの回転体の回転を規制する。前述の如く、レーシングモジュール1000は、回転規制機構40を備える。回転規制機構40は、ガイド部材410と、相対移動部420と、を備える。また、回転規制機構40は、支持部430をさらに備える。
<3-5. Rotation restriction mechanism 40>
Next, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 15 to 16. FIG. The rotation restricting mechanism 40 restricts rotation of a rotating body such as the spool 20 . As described above, the racing module 1000 has the rotation restricting mechanism 40 . The rotation restricting mechanism 40 includes a guide member 410 and a relative movement section 420 . Moreover, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 further includes a support portion 430 .
 ガイド部材410は、前述の如く、ウォームホイールギヤ30のギヤ凹部330に収容される。ガイド部材410の径方向外側面には、周方向Drに並ぶ複数の歯320が配置される。ガイド部材410は、中心軸CAを中心にして、複数の歯320とともに回転可能である。これにより、回転規制機構40は、ウォームホイールギヤ30の回転を規制できる。たとえば、回転規制機構40は、後述のように、案内部412が延びる経路長に応じて、ウォームホイールギヤ30の回転角度、回転回数などを規制できる。 The guide member 410 is accommodated in the gear recess 330 of the worm wheel gear 30 as described above. A plurality of teeth 320 are arranged in the circumferential direction Dr on the radial outer surface of the guide member 410 . Guide member 410 is rotatable about central axis CA together with teeth 320 . Thereby, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict the rotation of the worm wheel gear 30 . For example, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict the rotation angle, the number of rotations, etc. of the worm wheel gear 30 according to the path length along which the guide portion 412 extends, as will be described later.
 ガイド部材410は、胴体部411を有する。胴体部411は、スプール軸部220の径方向外側面に配置されて、スプール軸部220の径方向外側面から径方向に広がる。本実施形態では、胴体部411は、ウォームホイールギヤ30のギヤ凹部330に収容される。胴体部411は、中心軸CAを中心として、スプール軸部220とともに回転可能である。なお、胴体部4110は、本実施形態ではスプール軸部220及びウォームホイールギヤ30とは別体である。但し、この例示に限定されず、胴体部411は、スプール軸部220及びウォームホイールギヤ30の少なくともどちらかと一体であってもよい。 The guide member 410 has a body portion 411 . The body portion 411 is arranged on the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 220 and extends radially from the radially outer surface of the spool shaft portion 220 . In this embodiment, the body portion 411 is housed in the gear recess 330 of the worm wheel gear 30 . The body portion 411 is rotatable about the central axis CA together with the spool shaft portion 220 . Note that the body portion 4110 is separate from the spool shaft portion 220 and the worm wheel gear 30 in this embodiment. However, it is not limited to this example, and the body portion 411 may be integrated with at least one of the spool shaft portion 220 and the worm wheel gear 30 .
 ガイド部材410は、案内部412をさらに有する。案内部412は、軸方向に延びる中心軸CAを基準とする周方向Drに延びる。案内部412は、胴体部411の表面に配置される。案内部412の詳細は、後に説明する。 The guide member 410 further has a guide portion 412 . The guide portion 412 extends in the circumferential direction Dr based on the central axis CA extending in the axial direction. The guide portion 412 is arranged on the surface of the body portion 411 . Details of the guide portion 412 will be described later.
 相対移動部420は、ガイド部材410に対して相対的に移動可能である。相対移動部420は、案内部412の一方端と他方端との間において、案内部412に沿って相対的に移動可能である。また、案内部412に沿う相対移動に応じて、相対移動部420は、径方向に移動可能である。たとえば、相対移動部420は、中心軸CAと平行な軸Jから離れて配置され、軸Jを中心に回転可能である。相対移動部420は、案内部412に沿って相対移動する際、案内部412の径方向位置に応じて、軸Jを中心として回転する。これにより、相対移動部420は、径方向に移動する。但し、相対移動部420を径方向に移動させる手段は、上述の例示に限定されず、任意の手法を適用できる。 The relative movement part 420 is relatively movable with respect to the guide member 410 . Relative movement portion 420 is relatively movable along guide portion 412 between one end and the other end of guide portion 412 . In addition, the relative movement portion 420 is radially movable according to the relative movement along the guide portion 412 . For example, the relative moving part 420 is arranged away from an axis J parallel to the central axis CA and is rotatable about the axis J. The relative movement portion 420 rotates about the axis J according to the radial position of the guide portion 412 when relatively moving along the guide portion 412 . Thereby, the relative moving part 420 moves in the radial direction. However, the means for radially moving the relative moving part 420 is not limited to the above example, and any method can be applied.
 こうすれば、スプール20が回転する際、相対移動部420は、中心軸CAを中心として、ガイド部材410に対して相対的に回転する。このとき、相対移動部420は、案内部412に案内されて、案内部412に沿って相対的に移動する。相対移動部420は、案内部412の一方端に達すると、案内部412に沿って他方端から一方端への向きには移動不能となる。また、相対移動部420は、案内部412の他方端に達すると、案内部412に沿って一方端から他方端への向きには移動不能となる。従って、回転規制機構40は、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転を規制できる。たとえば、本実施形態では、回転規制機構40は、ガイド部材410の回転を規制できる。これにより、スプール20の回転が規制される。つまり、回転規制機構40は、スプール20などの回転体の回転を規制する新たな技術を提供することができる。たとえば、回転規制機構40は、案内部412が延びる経路長に応じて、上述の部材の回転距離を規制できる。 In this way, when the spool 20 rotates, the relative movement portion 420 rotates relative to the guide member 410 around the central axis CA. At this time, the relative movement part 420 is guided by the guide part 412 and relatively moves along the guide part 412 . After reaching one end of the guide portion 412 , the relative movement portion 420 cannot move from the other end to the one end along the guide portion 412 . In addition, when the relative movement portion 420 reaches the other end of the guide portion 412 , it becomes unable to move from one end to the other end along the guide portion 412 . Therefore, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict rotation of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 . For example, in this embodiment, the rotation restriction mechanism 40 can restrict rotation of the guide member 410 . Thereby, the rotation of the spool 20 is restricted. In other words, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can provide a new technology for restricting the rotation of the rotating body such as the spool 20 . For example, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict the rotational distance of the above members according to the path length along which the guide portion 412 extends.
 支持部430は、本実施形態では底板部14120の軸方向他方Da2側の端面に取り付けられ、相対移動部420を回転可能に支持する。たとえば、支持部430は、軸方向に延びる軸Jを中心に回転可能である。軸Jを中心とする支持部430の回転により、相対移動部420は、軸Jを中心とする周方向に移動可能である。 In this embodiment, the support part 430 is attached to the end surface of the bottom plate part 14120 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction, and supports the relative movement part 420 rotatably. For example, the support 430 is rotatable about an axially extending axis J. As shown in FIG. Rotation of the support portion 430 about the J-axis allows the relative movement portion 420 to move about the J-axis in the circumferential direction.
 また、好ましくは、回転規制機構40は、センサ440をさらに備える。センサ440は、相対移動部420の径方向における移動を検出する。たとえば、センサ440は、径方向への移動の開始及び終了のタイミングを検出したり、径方向における相対移動部420の移動量(たとえば径方向における移動距離)を検出したりする。センサ440には、ジャイロセンサ、加速度センサなどを採用できる。センサ440は、その検出結果をレーシングモジュール1000に内蔵の制御装置又はその外部の制御装置に出力する。これにより、制御装置は、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転距離(たとえば回転角度、回転回数など)を検知できる。従って、センサ440の検出結果を回転距離に応じた回転規制機構40の自動制御などに利用できる。なお、この例示は、回転規制機構40がセンサ440を備えない構成を排除しない。言い換えると、センサ440は、省略可能である。 Also preferably, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 further includes a sensor 440 . The sensor 440 detects radial movement of the relative movement portion 420 . For example, the sensor 440 detects the timing of starting and ending movement in the radial direction, and detects the amount of movement of the relative moving portion 420 in the radial direction (for example, the movement distance in the radial direction). A gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like can be used as the sensor 440 . The sensor 440 outputs the detection result to a control device built into the racing module 1000 or an external control device. Thereby, the control device can detect the rotation distance (for example, the rotation angle, the number of rotations, etc.) of one of the guide member 410 and the relative moving part 420 . Therefore, the detection result of the sensor 440 can be used for automatic control of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 according to the rotation distance. Note that this illustration does not exclude a configuration in which the rotation restricting mechanism 40 does not include the sensor 440 . In other words, sensor 440 can be omitted.
 <3-5-1.案内部412>
 次に、図17A及び図17Bを参照して、案内部412を説明する。図17Aは、案内部412の一例を示す平面図である。図17Bは、案内部412の他の一例を示す平面図である。
<3-5-1. guide unit 412>
Next, the guide portion 412 will be described with reference to FIGS. 17A and 17B. 17A is a plan view showing an example of the guide portion 412. FIG. 17B is a plan view showing another example of the guide portion 412. FIG.
 図17A及び図17Bでは、案内部412は、胴体部411の軸方向一方Da1側の端面に配置される。こうすれば、相対移動部420は、ガイド部材410よりも軸方向一方Da1側において、中心軸CAを中心にしてガイド部材410に対して相対的に公転できる。案内部412の一方端及び他方端間での相対移動部420の公転により、回転規制機構4は、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転を規制できる。 17A and 17B, the guide part 412 is arranged on the end surface of the body part 411 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction. In this way, the relative moving portion 420 can relatively revolve around the central axis CA with respect to the guide member 410 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction with respect to the guide member 410 . By revolving the relative movement portion 420 between one end and the other end of the guide portion 412 , the rotation restriction mechanism 4 can restrict rotation of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 .
 また、図17A及び図17Bでは、案内部412は、胴体部411の軸方向一方Da1側の端面に配置された凹部413である。凹部413は、軸方向他方Da2に凹んで、周方向Drに延びる。また、相対移動部420は、支持部430から軸方向一方Da1に延びる凸部421である。凸部421の少なくとも先端は、凹部413に嵌る。 17A and 17B, the guide portion 412 is a concave portion 413 arranged on the end surface of the body portion 411 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction. The recess 413 is recessed in the other axial direction Da2 and extends in the circumferential direction Dr. Also, the relative movement portion 420 is a convex portion 421 extending from the support portion 430 in the one axial direction Da1. At least the tip of the projection 421 fits into the recess 413 .
 但し、図17A及び図17Bの例示に限定されず、案内部412には凸部421が配置され、相対移動部420には凹部413が配置されてもよい。つまり、案内部4120及び相対移動部420のうちの一方は、凹部413であればよい。さらに、案内部412及び相対移動部420のうちの他方は、凹部413に嵌る凸部421であればよい。こうすれば、凹部413及び凸部421の嵌め合い構造により、相対移動部420は案内部412に沿って相対的に移動できる。 However, the present invention is not limited to the example shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, and the convex portion 421 may be arranged on the guide portion 412 and the concave portion 413 may be arranged on the relative movement portion 420 . That is, one of the guide portion 4120 and the relative movement portion 420 may be the concave portion 413 . Furthermore, the other of the guide portion 412 and the relative movement portion 420 may be the convex portion 421 that fits into the concave portion 413 . By doing so, the relative movement portion 420 can relatively move along the guide portion 412 due to the fitting structure of the concave portion 413 and the convex portion 421 .
 また、本実施形態では、ガイド部材410は、中心軸CAを中心として回転(たとえば自転)可能である。但し、この例示に限定されず、相対移動部420はさらに、中心軸CAを中心として回転移動(たとえば公転)可能であってもよい。この際、ガイド部材410は、回転不能であってもよい。 Further, in this embodiment, the guide member 410 can rotate (for example, rotate) around the central axis CA. However, it is not limited to this illustration, and the relative moving part 420 may be further capable of rotational movement (for example, revolving) around the central axis CA. At this time, the guide member 410 may be non-rotatable.
 <3-5-2.案内部412の形状>
 次に、図17A及び図17Bを参照して、軸方向から見た案内部412の形状を説明する。
<3-5-2. Shape of guide portion 412>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 17A and 17B, the shape of the guide portion 412 viewed from the axial direction will be described.
 図17Aでは、案内部412は、周方向Drに延びる複数の円弧部4121を有する。各々の円弧部4121は、中心軸CAを中心とする同心円状に配置される。 In FIG. 17A, the guide portion 412 has a plurality of circular arc portions 4121 extending in the circumferential direction Dr. Each circular arc portion 4121 is arranged concentrically around the central axis CA.
 また、案内部412は、複数の段部4122をさらに有する。段部4122は、径方向に隣り合う円弧部4121の周方向端部を接続する。段部4122は、径方向に隣り合う円弧部4121のうちの径方向外方側の円弧部4121の周方向一方Dr1側の端部と径方向内方側の円弧部4121の周方向他方Dr2側の端部とを接続する。 In addition, the guide portion 412 further has a plurality of stepped portions 4122 . The step portion 4122 connects circumferential ends of the circular arc portions 4121 adjacent in the radial direction. Of the radially adjacent arc portions 4121, the stepped portion 4122 is positioned on the circumferential one Dr1 side of the radially outer arc portion 4121 and on the circumferential other Dr2 side of the radially inner arc portion 4121. connect the ends of the
 相対移動部420は、円弧部4121に沿って相対的に移動する際には径方向に動くことなく、ガイド部材410に対して相対的に移動する。一方、相対移動部420は、段部4122に沿って相対的に移動する際には、径方向に動きながら、ガイド部材410に対して相対的に移動する。これにより、次に相対移動部420が相対的に移動する円弧部4121は、径方向に隣り合う円弧部4121の一方から他方に変更される。円弧部4121に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動は、段部4122に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動よりもスムーズである。通常、円弧部4121の経路長さは段部4122の経路長さよりも長いので、回転規制機構40の動作がよりスムーズになる。また、段部4122に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動を確認することにより、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転距離(たとえば段部4122の配置に応じた回転角度、回転回数など)を確認できる。 The relative moving part 420 moves relatively to the guide member 410 without moving in the radial direction when relatively moving along the arc part 4121 . On the other hand, when relatively moving along the stepped portion 4122 , the relative moving portion 420 moves relatively to the guide member 410 while moving in the radial direction. As a result, the arc portion 4121 to which the relative moving portion 420 relatively moves next is changed from one of the radially adjacent arc portions 4121 to the other. Relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the arc portion 4121 is smoother than relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 . Since the path length of the arc portion 4121 is normally longer than the path length of the stepped portion 4122, the operation of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 is smoother. Further, by confirming the relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the step portion 4122, the rotational distance of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 (for example, the distance according to the arrangement of the step portion 4122). Rotation angle, number of rotations, etc.) can be checked.
 図17Aにおいて、好ましくは、段部4122は、周方向一方Dr1に向かうにつれて径方向内方に延びる。軸方向から見て、段部4122は、直線状であってもよいし、曲線状であってもよい。こうすれば、段部4122が径方向のみに延びる構成と比べて、段部4122に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動をよりスムーズにできる。但し、上述の例示は、段部4122が周方向一方Dr1に向かうにつれて径方向内方に延びない構成を排除しない。たとえば、段部4122は、径方向のみに延びてもよい。 In FIG. 17A, the stepped portion 4122 preferably extends radially inward toward the one circumferential direction Dr1. When viewed from the axial direction, the stepped portion 4122 may be straight or curved. In this way, relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 can be made smoother than when the stepped portion 4122 extends only in the radial direction. However, the above illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the step portion 4122 does not extend radially inward toward the one circumferential direction Dr1. For example, step 4122 may extend only in the radial direction.
 なお、案内部412の形状は、図17Aの例示に限定されず、軸方向から見て径方向には延びない形状であってもよい。たとえば、案内部412は、単数の円弧部4121を有し且つ段部4122は有さない形状であってもよい。 Note that the shape of the guide portion 412 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 17A, and may be a shape that does not extend radially when viewed from the axial direction. For example, the guide portion 412 may have a shape having a single arc portion 4121 and no step portion 4122 .
 或いは、案内部412は、軸方向から見て、中心軸CAを中心とする渦状であってもよい。たとえば、図17Bでは、案内部412は、周方向一方Dr1に向かうにつれて径方向内方に延びる。図17Bによれば、たとえば渦状の案内部412を胴体部411の軸方向一方Da1側の端部に形成できる。従って、案内部412が渦状でない構成(たとえば単数の円弧部4121のみを有する構成)と比べて、案内部412の一方端と他方端との間の経路長をより長くできる。また、複数の円弧部4121間に段部4122が配置される構成(図17A参照)と比べて、相対移動部420は、案内部412に沿ってよりスムーズに移動できる。 Alternatively, the guide part 412 may have a spiral shape around the central axis CA when viewed from the axial direction. For example, in FIG. 17B, the guide portion 412 extends radially inward toward the one circumferential direction Dr1. According to FIG. 17B, for example, a spiral guide portion 412 can be formed at the end portion of the body portion 411 on the one Da1 side in the axial direction. Therefore, the path length between one end and the other end of the guide portion 412 can be made longer compared to a configuration in which the guide portion 412 is not spiral (for example, a configuration having only a single arc portion 4121). In addition, the relatively movable portion 420 can move more smoothly along the guide portion 412 than the configuration in which the step portion 4122 is arranged between the plurality of arc portions 4121 (see FIG. 17A).
 <3-5-3.回転規制機構40の変形例>
 次に、図18から図20を参照して、回転規制機構40の第1変形例から第3変形例を説明する。図18は、回転規制機構40の第1変形例を示す斜視図である。図19は、回転規制機構40の第2変形例を示す斜視図である。図20は、回転規制機構40の第3変形例を示す斜視図である。なお、第1変形例から第3変形例では、上述の実施形態と異なる構成について説明する。また、上述の実施形態と同様の構成要素には同じ符号を付し、その説明を省略することがある。
<3-5-3. Modified Example of Rotation Regulating Mechanism 40>
Next, first to third modifications of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 20. FIG. FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a first modification of the rotation restricting mechanism 40. As shown in FIG. FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a second modification of the rotation restricting mechanism 40. As shown in FIG. FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing a third modification of the rotation restricting mechanism 40. As shown in FIG. Note that, in the first to third modifications, configurations different from the above-described embodiment will be described. Moreover, the same code|symbol may be attached|subjected to the component similar to the above-mentioned embodiment, and the description may be abbreviate|omitted.
 第1変形例から第3変形例では、ガイド部材410は、中心軸CAを囲んで軸方向に延びる筒状の胴体部411を有する。胴体部411の軸方向他方Da2側の端部は、ウォームホイールギヤ30のギヤ凹部330内に収容され、ウォームホイールギヤ30に固定される。なお、胴体部411は、ウォームホイールギヤ30とは別体であるが、この例示に限定されず、一体であってもよい。 In the first to third modifications, the guide member 410 has a cylindrical body portion 411 that surrounds the central axis CA and extends in the axial direction. The end portion of the body portion 411 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction is accommodated in the gear recess portion 330 of the worm wheel gear 30 and fixed to the worm wheel gear 30 . Note that the body portion 411 is separate from the worm wheel gear 30, but is not limited to this example, and may be integrated.
 案内部412は、胴体部411の径方向端面に配置される。また、相対移動部420は、軸方向に移動可能である。たとえば図18から図20に示すように、相対移動部420は、中心軸CAと垂直な方向に延びる軸Jから離れて配置され、軸Jを中心に回転可能である。相対移動部420が案内部412に沿って相対移動する際、案内部412の軸方向位置に応じて、軸Jを中心として回転する。これにより、相対移動部420は軸方向に移動する。但し、相対移動部420を軸方向に移動させる手段は、上述の例示に限定されず、任意の手法を適用できる。 The guide portion 412 is arranged on the radial end surface of the body portion 411 . Also, the relative movement part 420 is movable in the axial direction. For example, as shown in FIGS. 18 to 20, the relative moving part 420 is arranged apart from an axis J extending in a direction perpendicular to the central axis CA, and is rotatable around the axis J. As shown in FIG. When the relative movement portion 420 relatively moves along the guide portion 412 , it rotates about the axis J according to the axial position of the guide portion 412 . Thereby, the relative moving part 420 moves in the axial direction. However, the means for axially moving the relative moving part 420 is not limited to the above example, and any method can be applied.
 第1変形例から第3変形例では、相対移動部420は、ガイド部材410よりも径方向内方側又は径方向外方側において、中心軸CAを中心にしてガイド部材410に対して相対的に公転できる。案内部412の一方端及び他方端間での相対移動部420の相対的な公転により、回転規制機構40は、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転を規制できる。 In the first to third modifications, the relative movement portion 420 moves relative to the guide member 410 about the central axis CA on the radially inner side or the radially outer side of the guide member 410 . can revolve to Due to the relative revolution of the relative movement portion 420 between the one end and the other end of the guide portion 412 , the rotation restriction mechanism 40 can restrict the rotation of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 .
 第1変形例から第3変形例において、好ましくは、回転規制機構40は、センサ440をさらに備える。センサ440は、相対移動部420の軸方向における移動を検出する。たとえば、センサ440は、軸方向への移動の開始及び終了のタイミングを検出したり、軸方向における相対移動部420の移動量(たとえば軸方向における移動距離)を検出したりする。センサ440には、ジャイロセンサ、加速度センサなどを採用できる。センサ440は、その検出結果をレーシングモジュール1000に内蔵の制御装置又はその外部の制御装置に出力する。これにより、制御装置は、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転距離(たとえば回転角度、回転回数など)を検知できる。従って、センサ440の検出結果を回転距離に応じた回転規制機構40の自動制御などに利用できる。なお、この例示は、回転規制機構40がセンサ440を備えない構成を排除しない。言い換えると、第1変形例から第3変形例において、センサ440は、省略可能である。 In the first to third modifications, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 preferably further includes a sensor 440 . Sensor 440 detects movement of relative movement portion 420 in the axial direction. For example, the sensor 440 detects the start and end timings of movement in the axial direction, and detects the amount of movement of the relative movement section 420 in the axial direction (for example, the movement distance in the axial direction). A gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like can be used as the sensor 440 . The sensor 440 outputs the detection result to a control device built into the racing module 1000 or an external control device. Thereby, the control device can detect the rotation distance (for example, the rotation angle, the number of rotations, etc.) of one of the guide member 410 and the relative moving part 420 . Therefore, the detection result of the sensor 440 can be used for automatic control of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 according to the rotation distance. Note that this illustration does not exclude a configuration in which the rotation restricting mechanism 40 does not include the sensor 440 . In other words, the sensor 440 can be omitted in the first to third modifications.
  <3-5-3―1.第1変形例>
 図18に示すように、第1変形例では、案内部412は、ウォームホイールギヤ30よりも軸方向一方Da1において、胴体部411の径方向外側面に配置される。案内部412は、複数の円弧部4121と、段部4122と、を有する。円弧部4121は、周方向Drに延びて軸方向に並ぶ。段部4122は、軸方向に隣り合う円弧部4121の軸方向端部を接続する。円弧部4121及び段部4122は、胴体部411の径方向外側面に配置される。詳細には、段部4122は、軸方向に隣り合う円弧部4121のうちの、軸方向一方Da1側の円弧部4121の周方向一方Dr1側の端部と、軸方向他方Da2側の円弧部4121の周方向他方Dr2側の端部と、を接続する。
<3-5-3-1. First modification>
As shown in FIG. 18 , in the first modification, the guide portion 412 is arranged on the radially outer surface of the body portion 411 at the axial one Da1 from the worm wheel gear 30 . The guide portion 412 has a plurality of arc portions 4121 and step portions 4122 . The arc portions 4121 extend in the circumferential direction Dr and are arranged in the axial direction. The step portion 4122 connects the axial ends of the arc portions 4121 adjacent in the axial direction. The arc portion 4121 and the stepped portion 4122 are arranged on the radial outer surface of the body portion 411 . More specifically, the stepped portion 4122 is formed between the end portion of the arc portion 4121 on the one axial Da1 side of the arc portions 4121 adjacent in the axial direction and the end portion on the one Dr1 side in the circumferential direction, and the arc portion 4121 on the other Da2 side in the axial direction. and the end portion on the side of the other Dr2 in the circumferential direction.
 支持部430は、胴体部411よりも径方向外方に配置される。相対移動部420は、支持部430から径方向内方に突出する。相対移動部420の先端部(つまり、径方向内端部)は、案内部412に収容される。 The support portion 430 is arranged radially outward of the body portion 411 . The relative movement portion 420 protrudes radially inward from the support portion 430 . A distal end portion (that is, a radially inner end portion) of the relative moving portion 420 is accommodated in the guide portion 412 .
 第1変形例によれば、相対移動部420は、円弧部4121に沿って相対的に移動する際には軸方向に動くことなく、ガイド部材410に対して相対的に移動する。一方、相対移動部420は、段部4122に沿って相対的に移動する際には、軸方向に動きながら、ガイド部材410に対して相対的に移動する。これにより、次に相対移動部420が相対的に移動する円弧部4121は、軸方向に隣り合う円弧部4121の一方から他方に変更される。円弧部4121に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動は、段部4122に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動よりもスムーズである。通常、円弧部4121の経路長さは段部4122の経路長さよりも長いので、回転規制機構40の動作がよりスムーズになる。また、後述するように、段部4122に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動を確認することにより、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転距離(たとえば段部4122の配置に応じた回転角度、回転回数など)を確認できる。 According to the first modification, the relative movement part 420 moves relatively to the guide member 410 without moving in the axial direction when relatively moving along the arc part 4121 . On the other hand, when relatively moving along the stepped portion 4122 , the relative moving portion 420 moves relative to the guide member 410 while moving in the axial direction. As a result, the arc portion 4121 to which the relative moving portion 420 relatively moves next is changed from one of the arc portions 4121 adjacent in the axial direction to the other. Relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the arc portion 4121 is smoother than relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 . Since the path length of the arc portion 4121 is normally longer than the path length of the stepped portion 4122, the operation of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 is smoother. Further, as will be described later, by confirming the relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the step portion 4122, the rotation distance of either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 (for example, the step portion 4122 You can check the rotation angle, number of rotations, etc.) according to the arrangement of
 好ましくは、段部4122は、周方向一方Dr1に向かうにつれて軸方向他方Da2に延びる。たとえば、胴体部411の径方向外側面において、段部4122は、直線的に延びてもよいし、曲線的に延びてもよい。こうすれば、段部41220が軸方向のみに延びる構成と比べて、段部4122に沿う相対移動部420の相対的な移動をよりスムーズにできる。但し、上述の例示は、段部4122が周方向一方Dr1に向かうにつれて軸方向他方Da2に延びない構成を排除しない。たとえば、段部4122は、軸方向のみに延びてもよい。 Preferably, the stepped portion 4122 extends in the other axial direction Da2 toward the one circumferential direction Dr1. For example, the stepped portion 4122 may extend linearly or curvilinearly on the radially outer surface of the body portion 411 . In this way, relative movement of the relative movement portion 420 along the stepped portion 4122 can be made smoother than when the stepped portion 41220 extends only in the axial direction. However, the above-mentioned illustration does not exclude the configuration in which the step portion 4122 does not extend in the other axial direction Da2 as it goes in the one circumferential direction Dr1. For example, step 4122 may extend only in the axial direction.
  <3-5-3―2.第2変形例>
 図19に示すように、第2変形例では、案内部412は、周方向一方Dr1に向かうにつれて軸方向他方Da2に延びる。第2変形例は、これ以外は、第1変形例と同様である。第2変形例によれば、たとえば軸方向に延びる螺旋状の案内部412を胴体部411の径方向側面に形成できる。従って、案内部412が螺旋状でない構成(たとえば単数の円弧部4121のみを有する構成)と比べて、案内部412の一方端と他方端との間の経路長をより長くできる。また、複数の円弧部4121間に段部4122が配置される構成(たとえば図18参照)と比べて、相対移動部420は、案内部412に沿ってよりスムーズに移動できる。
<3-5-3-2. Second modification>
As shown in FIG. 19, in the second modified example, the guide portion 412 extends in the other axial direction Da2 toward the one circumferential direction Dr1. The second modification is the same as the first modification except for this. According to the second modification, for example, a spiral guide portion 412 extending in the axial direction can be formed on the radial side surface of the body portion 411 . Therefore, the length of the path between one end and the other end of the guide portion 412 can be made longer compared to a configuration in which the guide portion 412 is not helical (for example, a configuration having only a single arc portion 4121). In addition, the relative movement portion 420 can move more smoothly along the guide portion 412 than in the configuration in which the step portions 4122 are arranged between the arc portions 4121 (see FIG. 18, for example).
  <3-5-3―3.第3変形例>
 図20に示すように、第3変形例では、案内部412は、胴体部411の径方向内側面に配置される。支持部430は、胴体部411よりも径方向内方に配置される。相対移動部420は、支持部430から径方向外方に突出する。相対移動部420の先端部(つまり、径方向外端部)は、案内部412に収容される。
<3-5-3-3. Third modification>
As shown in FIG. 20 , in the third modification, the guide portion 412 is arranged on the radial inner surface of the body portion 411 . The support portion 430 is arranged radially inward of the body portion 411 . The relative movement portion 420 protrudes radially outward from the support portion 430 . A distal end portion (that is, a radially outer end portion) of the relative moving portion 420 is accommodated in the guide portion 412 .
 なお、図20では、案内部412は、第1変形例と同様に、複数の円弧部4121と、段部4122と、を有する。但し、図20の例示に限定されず、胴体部411の径方向内側面に配置される案内部412は、第2変形例(図19参照)と同様に、周方向一方Dr1に向かうにつれて軸方向他方Da2に延びる形状であってもよい。 Note that in FIG. 20, the guide portion 412 has a plurality of arc portions 4121 and a stepped portion 4122, as in the first modified example. However, the guide portion 412 arranged on the radial inner surface of the body portion 411 is not limited to the example of FIG. On the other hand, it may have a shape extending to Da2.
  <3-5-3―4.その他の変形>
 なお、案内部412の形状は、図18から図20では中心軸CAを中心とする螺旋形状であるが、これらの例示に限定されない。たとえば、案内部412は、周方向Drに延びる一方で軸方向には延びない形状であってもよい。つまり、案内部412は、たとえば単数の円弧部4121を有する形状であってもよい。
<3-5-3-4. Other deformation>
In addition, although the shape of the guide part 412 is a spiral shape centering on the central axis CA in FIGS. 18 to 20, it is not limited to these examples. For example, the guide portion 412 may have a shape that extends in the circumferential direction Dr but does not extend in the axial direction. That is, the guide portion 412 may have a shape having, for example, a single arc portion 4121 .
 また、図18から図20では、ガイド部材410の胴体部411は、スプール軸部220及びウォームホイールギヤ30のうちの少なくともどちらかに固定される。そのため、ガイド部材410は、ウォームホイールギヤ30とともに、中心軸CAを中心として回転可能である。一方、相対移動部420を支持する支持部430は、たとえば第1ケーシング1410に取り付けられる。そのため、相対移動部420は、中心軸CAを中心とする回転をしない。但し、これらの例示に限定されず、相対移動部420は、中心軸CAを中心として回転可能な構成であってもよい。また、ガイド部材410は、中心軸CAを中心として回転できない構成であってもよい。たとえば、支持部430は、スプール軸部220及びウォームホイールギヤ30のうちの少なくともどちらかに固定されてもよい。また、胴体部411は、第1ケーシング1410に取り付けられてもよい。つまり、スプール軸部220は、回転規制機構40のガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のどちらかとともに、中心軸CAを中心にして回転可能であればよい。こうすれば、回転規制機構40は、ガイド部材410及び相対移動部420のうちのどちらかの部材の回転距離を規制できる。これにより、レーシングモジュール1000は、ウォームホイールギヤ30の回転角度、回転回数などを規制できる。従って、レーシングモジュール1000は、スプール20の胴部210が紐Sを巻き取る範囲と紐Sを解く範囲とを容易に規制できる。 18 to 20, the body portion 411 of the guide member 410 is fixed to at least one of the spool shaft portion 220 and the worm wheel gear 30. Therefore, the guide member 410 can rotate about the central axis CA together with the worm wheel gear 30 . On the other hand, support portion 430 that supports relative movement portion 420 is attached to first casing 1410, for example. Therefore, the relative moving part 420 does not rotate about the central axis CA. However, it is not limited to these examples, and the relative moving part 420 may be configured to be rotatable around the central axis CA. Further, the guide member 410 may be configured so as not to rotate about the central axis CA. For example, support 430 may be fixed to spool shaft 220 and/or worm wheel gear 30 . Also, the body portion 411 may be attached to the first casing 1410 . In other words, it is sufficient that the spool shaft portion 220 can rotate about the central axis CA together with either the guide member 410 or the relative movement portion 420 of the rotation restricting mechanism 40 . In this way, the rotation restricting mechanism 40 can restrict the rotational distance of either the guide member 410 or the relative moving portion 420 . Thereby, the racing module 1000 can regulate the rotation angle, number of rotations, etc. of the worm wheel gear 30 . Therefore, the racing module 1000 can easily regulate the range in which the body 210 of the spool 20 winds the string S and the range in which the string S is unwound.
 また、図18から図20では、案内部412には凹部413が配置され、相対移動部420には凸部421が配置される。但し、図18から図20の例示に限定されず、案内部412には凸部421が配置され、相対移動部420には凹部413が配置されてもよい。 18 to 20 , the concave portion 413 is arranged in the guide portion 412 and the convex portion 421 is arranged in the relative movement portion 420 . However, the present invention is not limited to the examples shown in FIGS. 18 to 20 , and the convex portion 421 may be arranged on the guide portion 412 and the concave portion 413 may be arranged on the relative movement portion 420 .
<まとめ>
 本発明は、以下の構成を有する。
(1)軸方向に延びる中心軸を基準とする周方向に延びる案内部を有するガイド部材と、
 前記ガイド部材に対して相対的に移動可能な相対移動部と、
を備え、
 前記相対移動部は、前記案内部の一方端と他方端との間において、前記案内部に沿って
相対的に移動可能である、回転規制機構。
(2)前記案内部及び前記相対移動部のうちの一方は、凹部であり、
 前記案内部及び前記相対移動部のうちの他方は、前記凹部に嵌る凸部である、(1)に記載の回転規制機構。
(3)前記ガイド部材は、胴体部をさらに有し、
 前記案内部は、前記胴体部の軸方向一方側の端部面に配置される、(1)又は(2)に記載の回転規制機構。
(4)前記案内部は、周方向一方に向かうにつれて径方向内方に延び、
 前記相対移動部は、径方向に移動可能である、(3)に記載の回転規制機構。
(5)前記案内部は、
  周方向に延びる複数の円弧部と、
  径方向に隣り合う前記円弧部の周方向端部を接続する段部と、
を有し、
 各々の前記円弧部は、前記中心軸を中心とする同心円状に配置され、
 前記段部は、径方向に隣り合う前記円弧部のうちの径方向外方側の前記円弧部の周方向一方端部と径方向内方側の前記円弧部の周方向他方端部とを接続し、
 前記相対移動部は、径方向に移動可能である、(3)に記載の回転規制機構。
(6)前記段部は、周方向一方に向かうにつれて径方向内方に延びる、(5)に記載の回転規制機構。
(7)前記相対移動部の径方向における移動を検出するセンサをさらに備える、(4)から(6)のいずれかに記載の回転規制機構。
(8)前記ガイド部材は、軸方向に延びる筒状の胴体部をさらに有し、
 前記案内部は、前記胴体部の径方向端面に配置される、(1)又は(2)に記載の回転規制機構。
(9)前記案内部は、周方向一方に向かうにつれて軸方向他方に延び、
 前記相対移動部は、軸方向に移動可能である、(8)に記載の回転規制機構。
(10)前記案内部は、
  周方向に延びて軸方向に並ぶ複数の円弧部と、
  軸方向に隣り合う前記円弧部の軸方向端部を接続する段部と、
を有し、
 前記段部は、軸方向に隣り合う前記円弧部のうちの軸方向一方側の前記円弧部の周方向一方端部と軸方向他方側の前記円弧部の周方向他方端部とを接続し、
 前記相対移動部は、軸方向に移動可能である、(8)に記載の回転規制機構。
(11)前記段部は、周方向一方に向かうにつれて軸方向他方に延びる、(10)に記載の回転規制機構。
(12)前記相対移動部の軸方向における移動を検出するセンサをさらに備える、(9)から(11)のいずれかに記載の回転規制機構。
(13)前記ガイド部材の径方向外側面には、周方向に並ぶ複数の歯が配置され、
 前記ガイド部材は、前記中心軸を中心にして、複数の前記歯とともに回転可能である、(1)から(12)のいずれかに記載の回転規制機構。
(14)(1)から(13)のいずれかに記載の回転規制機構と、
 紐を巻き付け可能な胴部と、軸方向に延びるスプール軸部と、を有するスプールと、
 モータのシャフトとともに回転可能なウォームギヤと、
 前記ウォームギヤと噛み合うウォームホイールギヤと、
を備え、
 前記スプール軸部は、
  前記胴部及び前記ウォームホイールギヤとともに、前記中心軸を中心にして回転可能であり、
  前記回転規制機構の前記ガイド部材及び前記相対移動部のどちらかとともに、前記中心軸を中心にして回転可能である、レーシングモジュール。
<Summary>
The present invention has the following configurations.
(1) a guide member having a guide portion extending in the circumferential direction with reference to the central axis extending in the axial direction;
a relative moving part that is relatively movable with respect to the guide member;
with
The rotation restricting mechanism, wherein the relative movement portion is relatively movable along the guide portion between one end and the other end of the guide portion.
(2) one of the guide portion and the relative movement portion is a recess;
The rotation restricting mechanism according to (1), wherein the other of the guide portion and the relative movement portion is a protrusion that fits into the recess.
(3) the guide member further has a body portion;
The rotation restricting mechanism according to (1) or (2), wherein the guide portion is disposed on one end surface of the body portion in the axial direction.
(4) the guide portion extends radially inward toward one side in the circumferential direction;
The rotation restriction mechanism according to (3), wherein the relative movement portion is radially movable.
(5) The guide section
a plurality of circular arc portions extending in the circumferential direction;
a stepped portion connecting circumferential ends of the circular arc portions adjacent to each other in the radial direction;
has
Each of the arc portions is arranged concentrically around the central axis,
The stepped portion connects one circumferential end of the radially outer arc portion and the other circumferential end of the radially inner arc portion of the radially adjacent arc portions. death,
The rotation restriction mechanism according to (3), wherein the relative movement portion is radially movable.
(6) The rotation restricting mechanism according to (5), wherein the stepped portion extends radially inward toward one side in the circumferential direction.
(7) The rotation restricting mechanism according to any one of (4) to (6), further comprising a sensor that detects radial movement of the relatively moving portion.
(8) the guide member further has a cylindrical body portion extending in the axial direction;
The rotation restricting mechanism according to (1) or (2), wherein the guide portion is arranged on a radial end surface of the body portion.
(9) the guide portion extends in the other axial direction toward the one circumferential direction;
The rotation restriction mechanism according to (8), wherein the relative movement portion is axially movable.
(10) The guide section
a plurality of circular arc portions extending in the circumferential direction and arranged in the axial direction;
a stepped portion connecting axial ends of the arc portions adjacent in the axial direction;
has
The stepped portion connects one circumferential end of the arc portion on one axial side and the other circumferential end of the arc portion on the other axial side among the arc portions adjacent in the axial direction,
The rotation restriction mechanism according to (8), wherein the relative movement portion is axially movable.
(11) The rotation restricting mechanism according to (10), wherein the stepped portion extends in the other axial direction toward the one circumferential direction.
(12) The rotation restricting mechanism according to any one of (9) to (11), further comprising a sensor that detects axial movement of the relative movement portion.
(13) a plurality of teeth arranged in a circumferential direction are arranged on the radial outer surface of the guide member;
The rotation restriction mechanism according to any one of (1) to (12), wherein the guide member is rotatable about the central axis together with the plurality of teeth.
(14) the rotation restricting mechanism according to any one of (1) to (13);
a spool having a body on which a string can be wound and a spool shaft extending in the axial direction;
a worm gear rotatable with the shaft of the motor;
a worm wheel gear meshing with the worm gear;
with
The spool shaft is
rotatable about the central axis together with the body and the worm wheel gear;
A racing module that is rotatable about the central axis together with either the guide member or the relative movement portion of the rotation restricting mechanism.
<4.その他>
 以上、本発明の実施形態を説明した。なお、本発明の範囲は上述の実施形態に限定されない。本発明は、発明の主旨を逸脱しない範囲で上述の実施形態に種々の変更を加えて実施することができる。また、上述の実施形態で説明した事項は、矛盾が生じない範囲で適宜任意に組み合わせることができる。
<4. Others>
The embodiments of the present invention have been described above. It should be noted that the scope of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments. The present invention can be implemented by adding various modifications to the above-described embodiments without departing from the gist of the invention. In addition, the matters described in the above-described embodiments can be appropriately and arbitrarily combined as long as there is no contradiction.
 本発明は、紐を巻き取ったり巻き取った紐を開放したりするモジュール、紐を締め付けたり緩めたりするモジュールなどに有用である。 The present invention is useful for a module that winds a string, releases a wound string, a module that tightens or loosens a string, and the like.
  100、1000   ・・・レーシングモジュール
200        ・・・履物
11、 110    ・・・モータ
111、1110   ・・・シャフト
12、 120    ・・・ウォームギヤ
13、 130    ・・・バッテリー
14、 140    ・・・ケーシング
141、14120  ・・・底板部
  1410       ・・・第1ケーシング
1411、1413  ・・・受け孔
1412       ・・・孔部
142、14110  ・・・側板部
1420       ・・・第2ケーシング
1421、1431  ・・・開口部
1422       ・・・筒部
1423       ・・・鍔部
143        ・・・上板部
1432       ・・・軸部
1433       ・・・凹部
1434       ・・・片部
144        ・・・下板部
1441       ・・・孔部
145        ・・・シール部材
15         ・・・蓋部
151        ・・・天面部
1511       ・・・フランジ部
152        ・・・外壁部
152a,152b  ・・・引出口
153        ・・・内壁部
1531a,1531b・・・ガイド壁部
154        ・・・凸部
155        ・・・延伸部材
156        ・・・爪部
157        ・・・フック部
2、20       ・・・スプール
21、210     ・・・胴部
22、220     ・・・スプール軸部
2220、2230  ・・・溝部
221        ・・・第1平面部
222、2210   ・・・接触面部
223        ・・・上溝部
224        ・・・下溝部、
3          ・・・回転駆動部
30、31      ・・・ウォームホイールギヤ
310        ・・・ギヤ貫通孔
311、320    ・・・歯
32、330     ・・・ギヤ凹部
33         ・・・中央凹部
34         ・・・第1ギヤ貫通孔
35         ・・・凹部
36         ・・・間欠歯車
361        ・・・第1歯
4          ・・・クラッチギヤ
40         ・・・回転規制機構
41         ・・・第2ギヤ貫通孔
410        ・・・ガイド部材
411        ・・・胴体部
4111       ・・・貫通孔
412        ・・・案内部
4121       ・・・円弧部
4122       ・・・段部
413        ・・・凹部
42         ・・・第2平面部
420        ・・・相対移動部
43、421     ・・・凸部
430        ・・・支持部
44        ・・・筒部
440       ・・・センサ部
441       ・・・溝部
5         ・・・操作部
51        ・・・連結部材
52        ・・・作動部材
520、530   ・・・金具
521、5110  ・・・開口部
510,522   ・・・弾性部材
53        ・・・線状部材
6         ・・・規制部
7         ・・・支持部材
8         ・・・制限歯車
81        ・・・第2歯
82        ・・・第1制限歯
83        ・・・第2制限歯
J1        ・・・回転軸
J2        ・・・ギヤ軸
Ax        ・・・モータ回転軸
CA        ・・・中心軸
Dr        ・・・周方向
Dr1       ・・・周方向一方
Dr2       ・・・周方向他方
S         ・・・紐
 
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 100, 1000...Racing module 200... Footwear 11, 110... Motors 111, 1110... Shafts 12, 120...Worm gears 13, 130... Batteries 14, 140... Casing 141, 14120 ... bottom plate portion 1410 ... first casings 1411, 1413 ... receiving holes 1412 ... holes 142, 14110 ... side plate portions 1420 ... second casings 1421, 1431 ... openings 1422 ... cylindrical portion 1423 ... collar portion 143 ... upper plate portion 1432 ... shaft portion 1433 ... recessed portion 1434 ... piece portion 144 ... lower plate portion 1441 ... hole portion 145 ... Seal member 15 ... Lid portion 151 ... Top surface portion 1511 ... Flange portion 152 ... Outer wall portions 152a, 152b ... Drawer port 153 ... Inner wall portions 1531a, 1531b ... Guide Wall portion 154 ... Convex portion 155 ... Extension member 156 ... Claw portion 157 ... Hook portions 2, 20 ... Spools 21, 210 ... Body portions 22, 220 ... Spool shaft portions 2220, 2230 ... groove part 221 ... first plane part 222, 2210 ... contact surface part 223 ... upper groove part 224 ... lower groove part,
3... Rotation drive parts 30, 31... Worm wheel gear 310... Gear through holes 311, 320... Teeth 32, 330... Gear concave part 33... Central concave part 34... First Gear through-hole 35 ... Recess 36 ... Intermittent gear 361 ... First tooth 4 ... Clutch gear 40 ... Rotation restricting mechanism 41 ... Second gear through-hole 410 ... Guide member 411 . , 421... Convex part 430... Support part 44... Cylinder part 440... Sensor part 441... Groove part 5... Operation part 51... Connection member 52... Operation member 520, 530: Metal fittings 521, 5110: Openings 510, 522: Elastic member 53: Linear member 6: Regulating portion 7: Supporting member 8: Limiting gear 81: Second tooth 82 First limit tooth 83 Second limit tooth J1 Rotary axis J2 Gear axis Ax Motor rotary axis CA Center axis Dr Circumferential direction Dr1 ・・・One circumferential direction Dr2 ・・・The other circumferential direction S ・・・String

Claims (20)

  1.  紐を巻き付け可能な胴部と、上下方向に延びる回転軸に沿って延びるスプール軸部と、
    を有するスプールと、
     前記回転軸を中心として前記スプールを回転させる回転駆動部と、
     前記スプール軸部の少なくとも一部、及び、前記回転駆動部を収容するケーシングと、
     前記胴部を収容する蓋部と、
    を備え、
     前記蓋部は、
      上下方向と交差する方向に広がる天面部と、
      前記天面部から下方に延び、上下方向から見て前記胴部を囲む内壁部と、
      前記天面部の外縁部から下方に延び、前記内壁部よりも径方向外方に配置される外壁部と、
      前記外壁部を貫通する引出口と、
    を有し、
     前記内壁部は、前記胴部を挟んで互いに対向する一対のガイド壁部を有し、
      各々の前記ガイド壁部は、少なくとも前記引出口に向かって延び、前記引出口の縁部に接続され、
      対向方向における一対の前記ガイド壁部間の間隔は、前記回転軸から前記引出口に向かうにつれて狭くなる、レーシングモジュール。
    a body on which a string can be wound; a spool shaft extending along a vertically extending rotating shaft;
    a spool having
    a rotary drive unit that rotates the spool about the rotary shaft;
    a casing that accommodates at least part of the spool shaft and the rotary drive;
    a lid portion that accommodates the body portion;
    with
    The lid is
    A top surface portion that extends in a direction that intersects with the vertical direction,
    an inner wall portion that extends downward from the top surface portion and surrounds the body portion as seen from the vertical direction;
    an outer wall portion extending downward from an outer edge portion of the top surface portion and disposed radially outward from the inner wall portion;
    a drawer opening penetrating through the outer wall;
    has
    The inner wall portion has a pair of guide wall portions facing each other across the body portion,
    each guide wall extending at least toward the outlet and connected to an edge of the outlet;
    The lacing module, wherein the distance between the pair of guide walls in the opposing direction becomes narrower from the rotating shaft toward the outlet.
  2.  前記ケーシングは、
      上下方向と交差する方向に広がり、前記蓋部よりも下方に配置される上板部と、
      前記上板部を上下方向に貫通し、前記スプール軸部が挿通される開口部と、
    を有し、
     前記ケーシング及び前記蓋部の一方は、上下方向において、前記ケーシング及び前記蓋部の他方から前記一方に向かって凹む凹部をさらに有し、
     前記他方は、前記一方から前記他方に向かって突出し、前記凹部に挿通される凸部をさらに有する、請求項1に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    The casing is
    an upper plate portion extending in a direction intersecting the vertical direction and arranged below the lid portion;
    an opening penetrating through the upper plate in the vertical direction and through which the spool shaft is inserted;
    has
    one of the casing and the lid further has a recess that is recessed from the other of the casing and the lid toward the one in the vertical direction;
    2. The racing module according to claim 1, wherein said other side further has a protrusion projecting from said one side toward said other side and inserted into said recess.
  3.  前記凸部及び前記凹部は、上下方向と垂直な方向において前記内壁部よりも外側に配置される、請求項2に記載のレーシングモジュール。 The racing module according to claim 2, wherein the projection and the recess are arranged outside the inner wall portion in a direction perpendicular to the vertical direction.
  4.  前記蓋部は、
      可撓性を有し、前記天面部及び前記外壁部の少なくともどちらかから下方に延びる延伸部材と、
      前記延伸部材の下部に配置され、前記ケーシングの一部に引っ掛けられる爪部と、
    を有する、請求項1から請求項3のいずれか1項に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    The lid is
    an extension member having flexibility and extending downward from at least one of the top surface portion and the outer wall portion;
    a claw portion arranged at the lower portion of the extension member and hooked on a portion of the casing;
    4. A racing module according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising:
  5.  前記蓋部は、
      可撓性を有し、前記天面部及び前記外壁部の少なくともどちらかから下方に延びる延伸部材と、
      前記延伸部材の下部に配置され、前記ケーシングの一部に引っ掛けられる爪部と、
    を有し、
     前記爪部は、前記上板部の外縁部に引っ掛けられる、請求項2又は請求項3に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    The lid is
    an extension member having flexibility and extending downward from at least one of the top surface portion and the outer wall portion;
    a claw portion arranged at the lower portion of the extension member and hooked on a portion of the casing;
    has
    4. The racing module according to claim 2, wherein said claw portion is hooked on an outer edge portion of said upper plate portion.
  6.  前記天面部は、上下方向から見て前記外壁部よりも外側に配置され、上下方向と交差する方向に広がるフランジ部をさらに有し、
     前記延伸部材は、前記フランジ部から下方に延びる、請求項4又は請求項5に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    The top surface portion further has a flange portion arranged outside the outer wall portion when viewed in the vertical direction and extending in a direction intersecting the vertical direction,
    6. A lacing module according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the extension member extends downwardly from the flange portion.
  7.  前記蓋部及び前記ケーシングの一方は、片部を有し、
     前記蓋部及び前記ケーシングの他方は、前記片部が引っ掛けられるフック部を有し、
      上下方向から見て、前記フック部は、上下方向と垂直な一方向において前記胴部を挟んで前記延伸部材とは反対側に配置される、請求項4から請求項6のいずれか1項に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    one of the lid and the casing has a piece,
    The other of the lid portion and the casing has a hook portion on which the piece portion is hooked,
    7. The apparatus according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the hook portion is arranged on the opposite side of the extension member across the trunk portion in one direction perpendicular to the vertical direction when viewed from the vertical direction. Racing module as described.
  8.  前記蓋部は、前記ケーシングに対して着脱可能である、請求項1から請求項7のいずれか1項に記載のレーシングモジュール。 The racing module according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the lid is detachable from the casing.
  9.  紐を巻き付け可能な胴部と、上下方向に延びる回転軸に沿って延びるスプール軸部と、
    を有するスプールと、
     前記回転軸を中心として回転可能な回転駆動部と、
     前記回転駆動部と連結可能なクラッチギヤと、
     ユーザが外部から操作可能な操作部と、
    を備え、
     前記スプール軸部は、前記胴部及び前記クラッチギヤとともに、前記回転軸を中心にして回転可能であり、
     前記操作部は、前記ユーザの操作に応じて、前記回転駆動部に対する前記クラッチギヤの連結を解除する、レーシングモジュール。
    a body on which a string can be wound; a spool shaft extending along a vertically extending rotating shaft;
    a spool having
    a rotary drive unit rotatable about the rotary shaft;
    a clutch gear connectable with the rotary drive unit;
    an operation unit that can be operated externally by a user;
    with
    The spool shaft is rotatable about the rotation shaft together with the body and the clutch gear,
    The racing module, wherein the operation unit disconnects the clutch gear from the rotary drive unit according to the user's operation.
  10.  前記回転駆動部及び前記クラッチギヤの一方は、他方に向かって突出する凸部を有し、
     前記他方は、前記一方から前記他方に向かって凹む凹部を有する、請求項9に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    one of the rotary drive unit and the clutch gear has a convex portion projecting toward the other;
    10. A racing module according to claim 9, wherein said other has a recess recessed from said one toward said other.
  11.  前記凸部及び前記凹部のうちの少なくともどちらかは、径方向から見て、上下方向における前記一方から前記他方に向かうにつれて、上下方向及び径方向と垂直な方向における幅が狭くなるテーパ形状を有する、請求項10に記載のレーシングモジュール。 At least one of the convex portion and the concave portion has a tapered shape in which the width in the vertical direction and the direction perpendicular to the radial direction becomes narrower from the one in the vertical direction to the other in the vertical direction when viewed in the radial direction. 11. A racing module according to claim 10.
  12.  モータのシャフトとともに回転可能なウォームギヤをさらに備え、
     前記回転駆動部は、前記ウォームギヤと噛み合うウォームホイールギヤを有する、請求項9から請求項11のいずれか1項に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    It also has a worm gear that can rotate with the shaft of the motor,
    12. A racing module according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein said rotary drive has a worm wheel gear meshing with said worm gear.
  13.  前記クラッチギヤは、前記回転駆動部と上下方向に対向し、前記スプール軸部の径方向外端部に対して上下方向に移動可能に連結され、
     前記操作部は、前記ユーザの操作に応じて、前記クラッチギヤを前記回転駆動部に対し
    て離間又は近接させる、請求項9から請求項12のいずれか1項に記載のレーシングモジュール。
    The clutch gear vertically faces the rotary drive portion and is connected to a radially outer end portion of the spool shaft portion so as to be vertically movable,
    13. The racing module according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the operating section moves the clutch gear away from or close to the rotary drive section according to the user's operation.
  14.  前記操作部は、前記回転駆動部に向かって荷重を前記クラッチギヤに与える作動部材を有する、請求項9から請求項13のいずれか1項に記載のレーシングモジュール。 The racing module according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein said operating portion has an operating member that applies a load to said clutch gear toward said rotary drive portion.
  15.  軸方向に延びる中心軸を基準とする周方向に延びる案内部を有するガイド部材と、
     前記ガイド部材に対して相対的に移動可能な相対移動部と、
    を備え、
     前記相対移動部は、前記案内部の一方端と他方端との間において、前記案内部に沿って
    相対的に移動可能である、回転規制機構。
    a guide member having a guide portion extending in a circumferential direction with reference to an axially extending central axis;
    a relative moving part that is relatively movable with respect to the guide member;
    with
    The rotation restricting mechanism, wherein the relative movement portion is relatively movable along the guide portion between one end and the other end of the guide portion.
  16.  前記案内部及び前記相対移動部のうちの一方は、凹部であり、
     前記案内部及び前記相対移動部のうちの他方は、前記凹部に嵌る凸部である、請求項15に記載の回転規制機構。
    one of the guide portion and the relative movement portion is a recess;
    16. The rotation restricting mechanism according to claim 15, wherein the other of said guide portion and said relative movement portion is a convex portion that fits into said concave portion.
  17.  前記ガイド部材は、胴体部をさらに有し、
     前記案内部は、前記胴体部の軸方向一方側の端部面に配置される、請求項15又は請求項16に記載の回転規制機構。
    The guide member further has a body,
    The rotation restricting mechanism according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the guide portion is arranged on one end surface of the body portion in the axial direction.
  18.  前記案内部は、周方向一方に向かうにつれて径方向内方に延び、
     前記相対移動部は、径方向に移動可能である、請求項17に記載の回転規制機構。
    The guide portion extends radially inward toward one circumferential direction,
    18. The rotation restricting mechanism according to claim 17, wherein the relative movement portion is radially movable.
  19.  前記案内部は、
      周方向に延びる複数の円弧部と、
      径方向に隣り合う前記円弧部の周方向端部を接続する段部と、
    を有し、
     各々の前記円弧部は、前記中心軸を中心とする同心円状に配置され、
     前記段部は、径方向に隣り合う前記円弧部のうちの径方向外方側の前記円弧部の周方向一方端部と径方向内方側の前記円弧部の周方向他方端部とを接続し、
     前記相対移動部は、径方向に移動可能である、請求項17に記載の回転規制機構。
    The guide section
    a plurality of circular arc portions extending in the circumferential direction;
    a stepped portion connecting circumferential ends of the circular arc portions adjacent to each other in the radial direction;
    has
    Each of the arc portions is arranged concentrically around the central axis,
    The stepped portion connects one circumferential end of the radially outer arc portion and the other circumferential end of the radially inner arc portion of the radially adjacent arc portions. death,
    18. The rotation restricting mechanism according to claim 17, wherein the relative movement portion is radially movable.
  20.  前記段部は、周方向一方に向かうにつれて径方向内方に延びる、請求項19に記載の回転規制機構。 The rotation restricting mechanism according to claim 19, wherein the step portion extends radially inward toward one side in the circumferential direction.
PCT/JP2022/028161 2021-07-20 2022-07-20 Racing module and anti-rotation mechanism WO2023003010A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-119760 2021-07-20
JP2021-119759 2021-07-20
JP2021119759 2021-07-20
JP2021119760 2021-07-20
JP2021-192864 2021-11-29
JP2021192864 2021-11-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023003010A1 true WO2023003010A1 (en) 2023-01-26

Family

ID=84979994

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/028161 WO2023003010A1 (en) 2021-07-20 2022-07-20 Racing module and anti-rotation mechanism

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023003010A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016539750A (en) * 2013-09-11 2016-12-22 金柱 陳 String tightening means
JP2018118076A (en) * 2013-04-01 2018-08-02 ボア テクノロジー,インコーポレイテッド Method and device for retrofitting foot ware so as to wrap reel-based closure system
JP2019509817A (en) * 2016-03-15 2019-04-11 ナイキ イノベイト シーブイ Drive mechanism for automated footwear platform
JP2021510602A (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-04-30 ナイキ イノベイト シーブイ Automatic racing footwear

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018118076A (en) * 2013-04-01 2018-08-02 ボア テクノロジー,インコーポレイテッド Method and device for retrofitting foot ware so as to wrap reel-based closure system
JP2016539750A (en) * 2013-09-11 2016-12-22 金柱 陳 String tightening means
JP2019509817A (en) * 2016-03-15 2019-04-11 ナイキ イノベイト シーブイ Drive mechanism for automated footwear platform
JP2021510602A (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-04-30 ナイキ イノベイト シーブイ Automatic racing footwear

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI822184B (en) Fastening device
WO2018124827A1 (en) Device for adjusting length of string
KR950024828A (en) Cover of welding wire reel
CA2719326C (en) Routing of cables
WO2014203415A1 (en) Shoelace winding device
JP7215980B2 (en) fastening device
WO2023003010A1 (en) Racing module and anti-rotation mechanism
US9102282B2 (en) Wire harness protector
US7204276B2 (en) Reinforcement binding machine and reel used for the machine
US20220175090A1 (en) Lacing module
WO2017014395A1 (en) Shoestring tightening device
KR102146086B1 (en) Electrical fishing reel
WO2021065988A1 (en) Wire winding mechanism and object operation mechanism
JP5339183B2 (en) End plate in cable connection closure
US10765097B2 (en) Dual-bearing reel
JP3914309B2 (en) Cable connection closure
CN218905430U (en) Manipulator wire tightening device and manipulator
CN215949746U (en) Cable clamp fastening and fixing structure penetrating through rotating hollow shaft
JP3980196B2 (en) Cable connection closure
TWI807059B (en) Electrical fishing reel
CN209604653U (en) Traction Drive component and knob transmission component with the Traction Drive component
CN117486019A (en) Fastening device
CN205750050U (en) Optical cable fiber-diving box
KR100454552B1 (en) Alternator for vehicle
SU1636315A1 (en) Device for cable winding and unwinding

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22845943

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE